Archive for the ‘Nuclear Terror’ Category

130320_obama_netanyahu_ap_605

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
May 1, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that U.S. President Barack Obama and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu will, at the behest of the CIA, execute simultaneous terror attacks in Africa, the apartheid state of Israel, and the United States which will be scapegoated onto Islamic terrorists. The notion that the U.S. is now vulnerable to terror attacks was recently in a Congressional report which found that 1,400 security breaches have occurred in the U.S. since 9/11.

While CIA terror plots are always subject to change, Truther.org has identified 6 potential target scenarios which are blinking red in respect to state-sponsored terrorism: a) an attack on Camp Lemonnier in Djibouti, Africa; b) Jewish and/or Christian crucifixions by Islamic terrorists; c) attacks on vacated Israeli embassies; d) an attack on NYU Langone Medical Center; e) attacks on U.S. nuclear reactors; and f) an attack on The Pentagon in Washington, D.C.

Interestingly, on April 30, 2014, it was revealed that the top two officials at the Defense Intelligence Agency of the Pentagon will retire from their given positions. Aside from making Pentagon-related intelligence leadership appear weak, the timely resignations were evidently issued so that no one will be held accountable at the Pentagon in the wake of a new terror attacks.

The wave of impending terror attacks depicted herein will be executed by CIA funded Islamic terrorists including  but not limited to: Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (i.e., the Syrian Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates.

This concoction of Islamic terrorists were previously slated to invade the continental United States in order to launch a wave of unprecedented terror attacks which would inevitably spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. However, Truther.org identified and exposed 5 consecutive Islamic terrorists invasion plots so evidently the CIA has been forced to design an alternative Islamic terror attack scenario.

Although other motives could be drummed up by the CIA as the justification behind new Islamic terror attacks, one or more the following reasons will likely be cited: a) the 528 Muslim Brotherhood supporters sentenced to death in Egypt; b) the “No-Fly List” which was used by FBI to coerce Muslims into becoming informants; c) the propaganda film “The Rise of Al Qaeda” which will coincidentally be shown at the opening of the new 9/11 museum; d) the move by the U.S. to remove the requirement for disclosure of drone strike victims; and the fact that Israel approved record 14,000 settlements during peace talks with Palestine.

Top CIA Targets:

A. Camp Lemonnier: United States Naval Expeditionary Base (Djibouti, Africa)
B. Jewish Crucifixions (Israel)
C. Vacated Israeli Embassies (Worldwide)
D. NYU Langone Medical Center (New York City)
E. U.S. Nuclear Reactors (U.S.)
F. The Pentagon (Washington, D.C.)

1. Al Qaeda Rising
Aside from the propaganda film “The Rise of Al Qaeda” which will be shown when the 9/11 memorial museum opens on May 21, 2014, there has been a new wave of Islamic terror attacks, meetings and reports in the month of April which suggests than an Al Qaeda attack is imminent. For example, on April 4, 2014, Al Qaeda militants reportedly killed 5 soldiers at checkpoint in Yemen. A day later on April 16, 2014, a new video showed a large Al Qaeda meeting in Yemen, a report designed to show that Al Qaeda is getting ready for an attack. Less than 24-hours later on April 17, 2014, a U.S, Ambassador stated that there was ‘industrial-style slaughter’ in Syria. Four days later on April 21, 2014, it was revealed that the Al Qaeda Rebels in Syria executed an attack with chlorine gas, their second bio-terror attack in less than a year. Two days later on April 23, 2014, a “secret American base” in Libya was reportedly seized by jihadists, a report designed to show that U.S. intelligence may be compromised. Less than 48-hours later on April 25, 2014, Al Qaeda car bombs killed 31 and injured 56 at a political rally. Predictably, on April 30, 2014, the U.S. government released a report which found that Al Qaeda affiliated groups are gaining strength, a report designed to give U.S. officials plausible deniability and infer that Al Qaeda attacks are imminent.

2. War on Al Qaeda
In order to give U.S. officials plausible deniability and create the perception that the CIA and Al Qaeda are not one and the same entity, the U.S. and her allies are currently fully engaged in “The War on Terror” as evidenced by the high number of recent attacks and drone strikes against alleged members of Al Qaeda in the Middle East and Central Asia. The U.S. also sent a group of “intelligence officers” (i.e., “professional terrorists”) to the Middle East, yet another ominous sign that new wave of so-called Al Qaeda attacks are imminent.

April 2014 Headlines:

1. April 19, 2014: Drone in Yemen kills 9 suspected Al Qaeda militants
2. April 21, 2014: Source: ‘Massive and unprecedented’ attack targets al Qaeda in Yemen
3. April 21, 2014: US unleashes three days of drone strikes on Al Qaeda in Yemen, 55 killed
4. April 22, 2014: Al Qaeda’s underwear bomb mastermind killed in ‘biggest hit since Bin Laden’
5. April 25, 2014: Yemeni agents carry out fresh raids on Al Qaeda hideouts
6. April 25, 2014: 37 militants taken out in Khyber airstrikes
7. April 25, 2014: As Iraq violence grows, U.S. sends more intelligence officers

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

3. U.S. Funding Terrorism
The goals which underlie a new wave of CIA-funded Islamic terror attacks are two-fold in that they will: a) terrorize the African, American, Israeli, and Palestinian public (as well as the entire world), and b) the attacks will likely provoke a violent reaction from armed Americans who know the that the U.S. government is both funding and executing terror attacks. As evidenced, recent reports in respect to U.S. funded terrorism are trending at an unprecedented level and will likely commence with U.S. funded terror attacks which may ultimately lead to a civil war in America.

April 2014 Headlines:

1. April 3, 2014: Syrian Rebel leader supported by the West admits he fights alongside Al-Qaeda
2. April 7, 2014: US has reportedly started supplying Syrian rebels with anti-tank weapons
3. April 21, 2014: White House Debates ‘Game Changer’ Weapon for Syria
4. April 23, 2014: CIA Is Quietly Ramping Up Aid To Syrian Rebels, Sources Say
5. April 23, 2014: Report: US ‘switched sides in the War on Terror’

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

Camp-Lemonier-Djibouti

4. Camp Lemonnier Attack
(Djibouti)

Camp Lemonnier is a United States Naval Expeditionary Base, situated at Djibouti‘s Djibouti-Ambouli International Airport and home to the Combined Joint Task Force – Horn of Africa (CJTF-HOA) of the U.S. Africa Command (USAFRICOM). According to a press report from October of 2012, “Camp Lemonnier is the centerpiece of an expanding constellation of half a dozen U.S. drone and surveillance bases in Africa, created to combat a new generation of terrorist groups across the continent, from Mali to Libya to the Central African Republic”. In essence, the fact that the base executes done strikes against Islamic terrorists may serve as a motive for attack on the base. Considering that on March 23, 2014, it was revealed that Qatar Airways is launching new flights to Djibouti, there is always the possibility of a hijack and subsequent 9/11-style kamikaze attack on Camp Lemonnier. Predictably, just prior to major attack on Camp Lemonnier by Islamic terrorists, a wave of unprecedented violence, military drills, counter-terrorism agreements and high profile meetings have taken place. For example, on March 24, 2014, EU teams executed a “fire-fighting training” terror drill along with the Djibouti Coast Guard and Navy, training they will definitely need in the wake of a major terror attack in the country. Eleven days later on April 4, 2014, the countries of Djibouti, Somalia and Somaliland signed a counter-terrorism agreement, a red flag which infers that large-scale terror attacks are being planned for the region. Six days later on April 10, 2014, it was reported that a photo of San Francisco International Airport was featured in Al-Qaida’s magazine. Although the report was made in respect to a U.S. airport, Camp Lemonnier is located at Djibouti-Ambouli International Airport, making the Al Qaeda airport reference timely and relevant. Roughly a week later on April 21, 2014, Somali MP Isak Mohamed Rino was killed in Mogadishu by a car bomb. Less than 24-hours later on April 22, 2014, Islamic rebels conducted ‘multiple attacks’ against the army of South Sudan. That same day, a second Somali lawmaker was killed by gunmen while riding in his car in Mogadishu. In order to bring unprecedented media attention to the country of Djibouti, President Obama is scheduled to meet the President of Djibouti on May 5, 2014. In the aftermath of an attack on Camp Lemonnier, the meeting between Obama and President Ismail Omar Guelleh will likely be cited as a motive for the attack.

crucified1

5. Al Qaeda Crucifixions
Considering that Jesus Christ, a Jew, was allegedly crucified, any Islamic terror attack involving a modern day crucifixion would immediately enrage Christians and Catholics all over the world. This is precisely why Jews and/or Christians may be strung up on crosses and crucified by Islamic terrorists in the near future. The notion that crucifixions are imminent was first identified on April 23, 2014, when a discharged Marine crucified himself in public, an obvious publicity stunt designed to draw attention to both the U.S: military and crucifixions. A day later on April 24, 2014, a man was allegedly crushed to death by giant crucifix which he dedicated to Pope. Less than 24-hour later on April 25, 2014, an Al Qaeda chief urged the kidnappings of Americans which suggests that U.S. soldiers and/or tourists may be kidnapped and subsequently crucified. The notion of Islamic terrorist kidnappings was recently witnessed on April 15, 2014, when Jordan’s ambassador to Libya is kidnapped in Tripoli. Predictably, on April 29, 2014, it was reported that Al Qaeda-linked jihadists have now been accused of hanging victims on crosses, an ominous sign that gruesome and public crucifixions by Islamic terrorists are imminent.

6. Jewish Attack Propaganda
In order to psychologically program the world for a new wave of “anti-Semitic” and anti-Israeli terror attacks, a number of purported attacks against Jews have been reported in the last month. For example, on March 23, 2014, a Jewish teacher in Paris allegedly had his nose broken and a swastika drawn on his chest by an unidentified assailant. A few weeks later on April 13, 2014, 3 Jewish people were allegedly killed shooting at two Jewish centers in Kansas City, Missouri. Predictably, a few days later it was revealed that the man behind the Jewish killings was a Federal informant of the FBI, leading to suspicions that the shooting was staged or that the attack was part of a foiled Zionist terrorist operation. Four days after the Jewish killings, it was revealed on April 17, 2014, that leaflet in Ukraine stated that all Jews must register, a propaganda report designed to rehash Jewish persecution in Nazi Germany. Less than a week later on April 22, 2014, it was reported that a Spanish town with the name ‘Kill Jews’ was pondering a name change, yet another propaganda report designed to show that anti-Jewish violence is imminent. Needless to say, most if not all of the aforementioned reports were staged in order to a) make Jews feel insecure and scared, b) prep the public for anti-Jewish terror attacks, and c) foster the notion that members of the general public hate Jews and want to kill them.

7. Israeli-Palestinian Conflict Trending
In order to provide a timely motive for Al Qaeda and/or Palestinian based terror attacks against Jews in Israel, a number of events have occurred in respect to the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict. In short, news and information about Israel’s persecution, torture and genocide of the Palestinian people has strangely been touted in the media. Make no mistake, Israel has no plans to change her ways. These reports are only being disseminated in order to provide a timely motive for a retaliatory revenge-like attack against the Israeli government and/or the Jewish people. Interestingly, on April 29, 2014, Israel’s DEBKAfile reported that the U.S. is in secret talks with Hezbollah, further confirming that Hezbollah is just another arm of the CIA.

April 2014 Israeli-Palestinian Timeline:

1. April 3, 2014: Israel says it won’t release Palestinian prisoners
2. April 6, 2014: Israel launches airstrikes against ‘terror sites’ in Gaza
3. April 6, 2014: Over 1,500 Palestinian children killed by Israeli forces since 2000 – PA minister
4. April 10, 2014: Israel launches cutting-edge satellite to spy on MidEast adversaries
5. April 13, 2014: Israel destroys aid projects in West Bank to make room for settlements
6. April 16, 2014: Police storm Temple Mount to disperse Palestinian riot
7. April 17, 2014: Palestinians rally for prisoners as peace talks falter
8. April 21, 2014: Israel launches airstrikes on Gaza
9. April 24, 2014: Israel suspends peace talks with Palestinians after Fatah-Hamas deal
10. April 25, 2014: ‘Committing a war crime’: HRW calls for Israel to stop shooting at Gaza civilians
11. April 27, 2014: Abbas calls Holocaust ‘most heinous crime’
12. April 29, 2014: Israel approved record 14,000 settlements during peace talks with Palestine

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

8. Israeli Embassy Attacks
Back on March 23, 2014, it was revealed that employees of Israel’s Foreign Ministry went on an indefinite strike for first time over a dispute over salaries and conditions. The very notion that an entire arm of the Israeli government would completely shut down over a pay dispute is laughable and suggests that a Benghazi-like attack by Islamic terrorists on the vacated Israeli embassies may be planned. Needless to say, photos and videos of the burning Israeli embassies would subsequently be used for propaganda purposes.

9. NYU Langone Medical Center Attack

Although a hospital terror attack could transpire anywhere, evidence suggests that it occur in New York City, namely NYU Langone Medical Center which was reopened for the first time since Superstorm Sandy. Whether the extended closure of the NYU hospital provided the necessary cover for the installation of demolition explosives and/or weapons is not known, but said explosives could be detonated via remote control at a future date in order to give the appearance of a coordinated terrorist attack. Predictably, New York Governor Cuomo and New York City Mayor Blasio were present for the reopening of the hospital as part of a publicity stunt to draw unprecedented media attention to the NYU facility just prior to a terror attack. In order to set-up Palestinians for the impending terror attack on NYU hospital, it was reported on April 24, 2014, that so-called “pro-Palestinian activists” left eviction notices for Jewish NYU students. In order to raise the profile of terrorism in New York just prior to another attack, it was reported on March 27, 2014, that Osama bin Laden’s son-in-law was found guilty during his New York terror trial. A few weeks later on April 16, 2014, the NYPD allegedly disbanded its unit which spied on Muslims. Roughly a week later on April 24, 2014, it was reported that the NYPD was searching for a suspect who threw Molotov cocktail into store, an ominous sign that fire-related terror attacks are planned for New York City.

10. Healthcare Terror Trending
Just prior to an unprecedented terror attack on a U.S. hospital, a number of attacks and warning have surfaced in respect to healthcare facilities and doctors. For example, on April 23, 2014, the FBI warned that the healthcare sector was especially vulnerable to cyber-attacks. Although the FBI report was made in respect to cyber terrorism, the report consummated the terms “healthcare” and “attacks”, a preview of things to come. Coincidentally, on April 24, 2014, just 2 days after the FBI report, 3 American doctors shot to death at an Afghan hospital. A day later on April 25, 2014, a man was formerly charged with the attempted murder of a doctor in California. Needless to say, these healthcare-related terror events have set the precedent for far greater acts of healthcare-related terrorism.

11. Nuclear Reactor Attack
Based on the plethora of recent state-sponsored terror drills involving U.S. nuclear reactors (see below), it appears that U.S. nuclear reactors will be targeted, most likely by Islamic terrorists. What form these attacks will take is not known, but 9/11-style kamikaze attacks are the most likely. Interestingly, on March 26, 2014, LiveScience found that even a small nuclear war could trigger “catastrophic cooling”. In other words, should a number of U.S. nuclear reactors be attacked, a majority of the U.S. will be covered in a “radioactive” haze courtesy of government drones spraying 10x the amount of chemtrails. The sun would be blocked, the sky would be allegedly radioactive, and America’s economy and tourism would come to a screeching halt. Needless to say, a future scenario in which multiple U.S. nuclear reactors are attacked simultaneously would no doubt be touted as being far worse Three Mile Nuclear Disaster (1979), Chernobyl Disaster 1986), and the Fukushima Disaster (2011) combined.

April 2014 Nuclear Reactor Drills:

1. April 1, 2014: Emergency drill at Peach Bottom nuclear plant next week (Delta, PA)
2. April 10, 2014: Nuclear detection drill near boat ramps to start at 9 a.m. in Boca (Boca Raton, FL)
3. April 11, 2014: Nuclear plant drill in Palo helps prepare for all emergencies (Palo, IA)
4. April 19, 2014: Pilgrim nuclear plant to stage attack drill (Plymouth, MA)
5. April 22, 2014:
Farley Nuclear Plant Drill (Columbia, AL)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

12. Attack on The Pentagon
The Pentagon is the headquarters of the United States Department of Defense and is located in Arlington County, Virginia. Just prior to the 9/11 terror attacks, the Pentagon suspiciously underwent a renovation project in the exact location where it was later attacked. The most recent renovation is openly called “The Pentagon Renovation Project” and was allegedly initiated in the 1990’s, but was only concluded in June of 2011. Whether or not the “renovation” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the Pentagon is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around The Pentagon. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a coordinated terrorist attack. OnSeptember 28, 2011, it was reported that a Massachusetts man with a degree in physics was arrested for plotting to blow up the Pentagon with homemade drones. According to the report, Rezwan Ferdaus planned to fill two remote-controlled model airplanes with C-4 explosives and hand grenades and direct them into the iconic Washington buildings. Aside from the aforementioned attacks and attempted attack on The Pentagon, a number of recent propaganda reports have put the Pentagon directly in the public spotlight just prior to a new terror attack. For example, on April 28, 2014, it was reported that the Pentagon will destroy $1 billion in ammunition,a laughable notion considering thatmunitions are not stored at the Pentagon. However, the report did provide a potential motive for a Pentagon attack as well as consummate the terms “Pentagon” and “destroy” in the same sentence. Less than 48-hours on April 30, 2014, it was revealed that the top two officials at the Defense Intelligence Agency of the Pentagon will retire from their given positions. Aside from making Pentagon leadership appear weak, the timely resignations were issued in order for the Pentagon to gain plausible deniability in that no one will be held responsible in the wake of a new terror attacks against the Pentagon or elsewhere.

13. Military Base Attacks Trending
Prior to a high-profile terror attack on a U.S. military installation like the Pentagon, the American public must be led to believe though fabricated headlines and staged events that yes, it can happen. As evidenced, military base terror is currently at an unprecedented level and may commence with a terror attack on The Pentagon.

Military Base Terror Timeline:

1. January 18, 2014: Libyan air force attacks targets in south after gunmen storm airbase (Libya)
2. January 31, 2014: All clear at Maxwell Air Force Base in Alabama (Montgomery, AL)
3. February 26, 2014: Anti-Terror Drill Simulates Multiple Attacks at NAS Fallon (Fallon, NV
4. March 22, 2014: Car rams gate at MacDill Air Force Base (Tampa, FL)
5. March 25, 2014: 2 killed in shooting at US Naval Station Norfolk (Norfolk, VA)
6. March 22, 2014: Gunfire and explosions as Crimean airbase is stormed by Russian troops (Russia)
7. April 3, 2014: General: 4 dead, 16 wounded in Fort Hood attack (Fort Hood, TX)
8. April 8, 2014: Marine fatally shoots another guard at Camp Lejeune (Jacksonville, NC)
9. April 10, 2014: Family Pulled Over At Gunpoint By Air Force Base Security (Cleveland, OH)
10. April 17, 2014: Gunmen attack Iraq military base, kill 10 soldiers (Iraq)
11. April 23, 2014: Secret American base in Libya reportedly seized by jihadists (Libya)
12. April 24, 2014:
Two soldiers in custody after shelter-in-place ordered at Naval Base (San Diego, CA)
13. April 30, 2014:
11 dead after explosions at munitions depot in East Siberia (Russia)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made asteroid attack planned for 2014, and the drone strike which killed “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Flight MH 370

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
March 31, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich —
As previously forecasted by Truther.org, a military drone purporting to be Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 will be loaded up with a nuclear bomb and used in a 9/11-style nuclear terror attack against America. Like the alleged hijacking of Flight 370, the kamikaze nuclear attack will most likely be scapegoated onto the country of Iran with the goal of starting World War III.

Although a nuclear terror attack using Flight 370 could transpire anywhere within the United States, the U.S. Capitol building in Washington, D.C. and the Freedom Tower (i.e., One World Trade Center) in New York City are the most likely targets. In the aftermath of the attack, martial law will be enacted by President Barack Obama who will subsequently suspend the U.S. Constitution and declare himself dictator.

Speaking from the 2014 Nuclear Security Summit in the Hague, Netherlands on March 25, 2014, Obama foreshadowed an impending nuclear attack when he stated, “…the number one national security threat to the United States [is] the prospect of a nuclear weapon going off in Manhattan“. While at the Nuclear Summit, Obama helped plan an interactive “nukes on the loose” war game designed to see how the world would cope with a terrorist nuclear attack.

The plot to use Flight 370 as the vehicle by which to execute an Iranian “Nuclear 9/11” in the U.S. was identified only 4 days after the false-flag Iranian nuclear attack on New York City during Super Bowl XLVIII was exposed and foiled by Truther.org on February 1, 2014. Since then, international intelligence agencies started disseminating the required “hijack” programming which ultimately commenced with the purported hijacking of Flight 370 on March 8, 2014.

Although news reports state that Flight 370’s mysterious disappearance was an “act of piracy”, that a hijacking is “conclusive”, and that “deliberate action” caused the Boeing 777 to vanish, a growing amount of evidence suggests that Malaysian Airlines Flight MH 370 was itself an epic hoax because it never existed. In other words, the flight, the plane, the crew, the passengers and the alleged hijacking were completely fabricated with the sole purpose of creating the necessary background narrative for an eventual Iranian nuclear strike on the U.S. using the missing plane.

In an ominous sign that a Flight 370 terror attack is imminent, it was reported on March 16, 2014, that the state of Israel is preparing for an attack from the hijacked plane. Since then, there has been a rash of “mystery plane”-like headlines and events which suggests that a Flight 370 attack is imminent. Back on September 27, 2001, just days after the 9/11 Attacks, then President George W. Bush stated that, “We will invest in new technology…to take over distressed aircraft and land it by remote control”. Although this technology was not used to thwart the alleged hijacking of Flight 370, it will be used to execute a nuclear attack using a Boeing 777 drone.

Mystery Plane Headlines:

1. March 21, 2014: White Mystery Plane over California Capital Turns out to be FBI
2. March 23, 2014: Turkey shoots down Syrian plane it says violated air space
3. March 24, 2014: Fighter jets intercept plane that breached summit flight restriction
4. March 28, 2014: ‘Mystery aircraft’ over Texas draws speculation of real spy plane
5. March 29, 2014: Amazon tribesmen jab their spears as they see an airplane for the first time

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

One thing is for sure, evidence surrounding Flight 370 does not add up on any level. In this electronic day and age, it is impossible for a modern commercial airliner to simply vanish into thin air. No hijack warnings, no distress calls, no satellite images, no radar blips, no phone calls, no texts, no tweets, no nothing. It’s as if Flight 370 never existed. Once the true motive behind the mysterious disappearance of Flight 370 is understood, then all the nonsense and propaganda surrounding the March 8, 2014 hijacking actually begins to make sense.

1. Premeditated Hijack Programming
Despite the fact that a high-profile hijacking had not occurred since the attacks of September 11, 2001 (13+ years ago), a barrage of airline terror alerts, attempted hijackings and hijackings occurred in the aftermath the attempted false-flag Iranian nuclear terror attack on New York City slated for February 2, 2014. Less than 72-hours after the Seattle Seahawks won the Super Bowl, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security issued a terror warning on February 5, 2014 in respect to “toothpaste tube bombs” on airliners, just 48-hours prior to winter games in Sochi. Two days later on February 7, 2014, the opening day of the 2014 Winter Olympics, a man was arrested for trying to hijack an airliner flying out of Turkey using a bomb threat. Less than 48-hours later on February 9, 2014, the U.S. embassy warned of an airline terror threat emanating out of Guyana in South America. Roughly a week later on February 17, 2014, a plane was hijacked by its pilot on route from Ethiopia to Rome, ultimately landing in Geneva, Switzerland. Aside from the 4 consecutive incidents of airline-related terror in the month of February, “Non-Stop” (2014) is a film (see trailer) about an FBI agent who hijacks a commercial jetliner which premiered in U.S. on February 28, 2014. As evidenced, these events have set the precedent for hijacking-related terror as they collectively prepared the world (especially during the Winter Olympics) for the alleged hijacking of Flight 370 on March 8, 2014.

2. Media Silence on Iran
Although American, British and Chinese Secret Service agencies along with MI6 and the CIA are allegedly investigating possible criminal involvement in the disappearance of  Flight 370, media outlets around the world have been curiously silent on evidence linking Iran to the alleged hijacking of Flight 370. Iran was first implicated in the disappearance of Flight 370 on March 10, 2014, when it was revealed that 2 stolen passports were used to board the missing plane in Malaysia. The passports were reportedly used with 2 tickets which were purchased by an Iranian man who: a) bought the tickets last-minute, b) paid cash, and c) only purchased one-way tickets—all red-flags for potential terrorism. That same day, it was also revealed that the fake-passport holders on Flight 370 were in fact Iranian citizens, further implicating Iran in foul play involving Flight 370. A day later on March 11, 2014, an Iranian lawmaker blamed the U.S. for the plane’s disappearance, an ominous sign that Iran is in fact the Flight 370 hijacking scapegoat who is attempting to deny involvement prior to a Flight 370 terror attack. Despite all the evidence which suggests that Iranians hijacked Flight 370, intelligence officials declared on March 12, 2014, that there is no Iranian terror link in respect to the missing plane. Iranian nationals with one-way tickets who used stolen passports to board a plane which has since been hijacked and disappeared would normally be construed as terrorism, but not in this case. Evidently, the international intelligence agencies behind this terror plot want the Iranian nuclear attack using Flight 370 to be a shocking surprise. Therefore, it appears that a global media gag order in effect in respect to any evidence linking Iran to the disappearance of Flight 370. In the aftermath of 9/11-style nuclear terror attack on America, the aforementioned evidence will be cited by the U.S. Congress as hard evidence linking Iran to the March 8, 2014 hijacking of Flight 370.

3. The Iranian Hijackers  
According to reports, two Iranian nationals used stolen passports from Austria and Italy to board Flight 370 in Malaysia on March 8, 2014. Despite the fact that their names did not appear on Flight 370’s passenger manifest, the men’s age, full name, nationality and photo were released to the media within 2 days of the alleged hijacking of Flight 370. In other words, authorities want the public to believe that they somehow figured out the correct identity of two mystery passengers in less than 48-hours despite not knowing anything about them. A more contrived investigation could not be found. Regardless, the first alleged hijacker was 29-year old Delavar Seyed Mohammad Reza, an Iranian national who was traveling with the stolen Italian passport of 37-year-old Maraldi Luigi. Although the flight was headed to China, Reza reportedly planned to seek asylum in Germany. The second alleged hijacker was 19-year old Pouria Nour Mohammad Mehrdad, an Iranian national who was traveling on a stolen Austrian passport belonging to a 30-year-old Christian Kozel. Mehrdad was reportedly trying to migrate to Germany where his mother lives. Although photos of Reza and Mehrdad holding passports in the airport have been released, there is no video showing either of the men boarding Flight 370 in Kuala Lumpur International Airport. In the event that these Iranian nationals passed through security, there would be a video of them just as there is of the alleged hijackers on 9/11.

victim-pics

4. Victim’s Families AWOL

Although Flight 370’s passenger manifest is comprised of 239 people from 14 countries (e.g., Australia, Canada, China, France, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Netherlands, New Zealand, Russia, Taiwan, Ukraine and the United States), the only family members portrayed in the media of those lost on Flight 370 are the ever-growing crowd of angry Chinese families and the brother of Philip Wood, an American who was allegedly on Flight 370. Families members from the other 13 countries represented on Flight 370 are mysteriously nowhere to be found. It’s as if they do not exist. Even more suspicious, less than 5% of the victims have been identified with a photo. In the wake of an international tragedy, a collage of the victims is usually created (e.g., 9/11), but this is not the case with Flight 370. Aside from the aforementioned Iranian nationals, no security or personal videos or photos from March 8, 2014 have been released, a rather shocking fact considering that most everyone in today’s society has a cell phone with a digital camera. Lastly, there is no airport video of Flight 370 taking off from Kuala Lumpur International Airport. Since all airport runways are videotaped 24/7, the lack of video footage further suggests that Flight 370 never existed.

diego-garcia-map3

5. No Military Detection

Despite the fact that U.S. Naval Support Facility (NSF) Diego Garcia is located just south of from Kuala Lumpur International Airport where Flight 370 originated, no American or NATO military jets or drones were scrambled when the plane’s communication system was reportedly “disabled” an hour into its flight. Under normal circumstances, high-tech radar and satellites from nuclear nations such as China, Indian and the U.S. would have instantly picked up the wayward plane and dealt with it accordingly. However, despite all the military bases, naval ships, submarines, and airports in the region, the plane was never detected. Therefore, it can only be deduced that there was either a military stand-down conspiracy involving multiple nations in the region (e.g., Australia, Bangladesh, Cambodia, China, Cameroon India, Malaysia, Myanmar, Indonesia, Philippines, Sri Lanka, Vietnam, and the United States), or the Boeing 777 purporting to be Flight 370 was never existed. The fact that not one of the aforementioned countries issued a hijack alert or scrambled military aircraft suggests that a hijacking never occurred and that Flight 370 never existed in reality.

6. No Hijack Alert

The theory that Flight 370’s communication system “was disabled before it disappeared” is a ridiculous notion considering that all modern planes like the Boeing 777 communicate with air traffic control, military satellites and Boeing itself, regardless of pilot inference. Nevertheless, once Flight 370’s communication was “disabled”, aviation officials would have known that something was wrong, yet no hijack alert was ever issued. In other words, unless Malaysian and Chinese officials were under orders not to issue a hijack alert, it’s far more likely that Flight 370 never existed and therefore no hijack warning was ever issued.

7. No GPS Locator

Built in 2002, Flight 370 was a Boeing 777-200ER valued at $320 million. Like all modern transportation vehicles, it had built-in fail safe “On-Star”-like technology which relied on CDMA voice and data communication, as well as location information which employed state-of-the-art GPS technology. Realistically speaking, it would be impossible for any so-called “terrorist” to disable the GPS technology which was specifically designed to thwart hijackings by secretly conveying the location of the plane at all times. When all post-9/11 hijacking safety measures instituted by airlines, airline manufactures and the government simultaneously fail, it can be surmised that an elaborate conspiracy or hoax is in play. Despite an indestructible black box and an underwater locator beacon which is designed not only to survive accidents, but to function correctly after impact, authorities from 26 countries have failed to find the missing plane.

8. No Satellite Video

Considering that hundreds of “live” satellite feeds are used to forecast weather around the globe, it is simply impossible for there to be no video of footage of Flight 370. Since weather satellite data is stored for later use, theoretically speaking, investigators should be able to retrieve satellite surveillance of the missing plane, yet none has been released to date. Although Australian satellites, Chinese satellites,  French satellites, Thai satellites  and satellites from Airbus Defense and Space (the main European commercial satellite company) have been used in the search for missing Flight 370, none of them have produced any photos or videos from March 8, 2014. Evidently, the reason there is no satellite footage of Flight 370 is because it never existed in reality.

9. No Phone Calls

Back on September 11, 2001, United Airlines Flight 93’s cockpit voice recorder revealed that crew and passengers tried to seize control of the plane from the hijackers after learning through phone calls that Flights 11, 77, and 175 had been crashed into the World Trade Center and Pentagon. Altogether, the passengers and crew made 35 airphone calls and two cell phone calls from the doomed flight prior to its demise. Since Flight 370 had 239 people on board, it can be conservatively estimated that there were at least 200 cell phones on board at the time of the alleged hijacking. Mobile phone technology has advanced to the point where on November 21, 2013, the FCC was even considering allowing cell phone calls on planes. Despite internet access and phone coverage, not one phone call, text or tweet was made from the hijacked place. Using 9/11-type logic, it can be theorized that some sort of communication would have been made.

10. Disinformation Campaign

In order to create the narrative that Flight 370 existed in reality, a number of propaganda reports have been disseminated in a coordinated manner to convince the public that the plane, her crew and the passengers were real. For example, a meteor was reported in the area around the time Flight 370 took off, a report aimed at confirming the takeoff time of Flight 370. In order to confirm that the pilots were real, reports that Flight 370 pilot Zaharie Ahmad Shad a “political activist” who allegedly received a mystery call just prior to take-off from a phone bought with a fake ID in Kuala Lumpur. The co-pilot Fariq Abdul Hamid allegedly met with CNN anchor Richard Quest in February of 2014 when he allegedly watched him land the plane under supervision of a senior pilot. In order to sell the notion that the Iranian hijackers were real, it was reported that they used fake-passports to board the plane. Lastly, in order to confirm the cargo, it was reported that Flight 370 was carrying highly flammable lithium batteries. Since none of these reports can be independently confirmed, they were released with the goal of convincing people that Flight 370 actually existed.

Conclusion
 
Using conservative numbers, Truther.org has exposed over 100 state-sponsored terror plots in the last 2 years, most of which were to be executed by the Obama administration and the U.S. military. Therefore, the hijacking and subsequent disappearance of Flight 370 appears to be a desperate move by international intelligence agencies to ensure that a nuclear terror attack commences within the United States under President Obama. Because the location of Flight 370 remains a complete mystery, a terror attack using the plane can be launched almost instantaneously, without the patsy and media propaganda that generally precedes false-flag terror attacks. In other words, the hijacking of Flight 370 was executed with the sole purpose of committing a surprise terror attack that Truther.org and other terror whistleblowers cannot thwart.

About the Author

David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the global bio-terror pandemic planned for 2014. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 100 state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax and the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker. Taylor was also the first to expose Alex Jones’ treacherous links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer

Truther.org’s stated purpose is to stop terrorism by drawing unwanted global attention to terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror alerts and warnings made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility that they may occur based on breaking terror-related news, events and data. Historically speaking, once a false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., 2011 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), it is immediately canceled or postponed (e.g., 2014 Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot). State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the usual suspects of terror. Please support real citizen journalism and help make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Chinese EMP Nuke Drone Attack

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
March 2, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that international intelligence agencies have once again green-lit a Chinese-based nuclear attack on the United States of America. With a recent poll finding that China is now America’s top enemy and revelations that a new U.S. versus China cold war is imminent, the pretext for a “Digital Pearl Harbor” has quietly been established.

The impending Pearl Harbor-like surprise attack will likely commence with an EMP (Electromagnetic Pulse) attack on U.S. satellites and defense systems in the Pacific theater, ultimately rendering U.S.-based radar and electronic warning systems useless. Shortly thereafter, autonomous drones armed with nuclear weapons will likely be launched from Chinese ships and nuclear subs in the Pacific Ocean. Although targets are always subject to change, twin nuclear drone strikes against the West Coast cities of San Diego and San Francisco, California are the most likely attack scenario.

READ: China’s World War III Doomsday Plot Exposed

Although reports in respect to China’s EMP program have been public since 2011 (see below), it was revealed on January 30, 2014, that China’s EMP weapons are an “ace” against U.S. defense systems and that the Chinese military is looking to use an EMP attack as part of a “one-two punch to knock out – literally within seconds – all defensive electronics”. The one-punch being the EMP attack followed by a two-punch nuclear attack. The notion that China plans to target the U.S. with an EMP strike was reiterated in the February 3, 2014, report entitled “U.S. Evaluates China’s EMP Threat”. Predictably, the Department of Defense (DOD) publically stated that they are “unaware of any increase in the threat of a deliberate destructive use of an EMP device”.

As depicted in the January 8, 2014, report entitled “Strategic Military Satellites Vulnerable to Attack by China in Future Space War”, U.S. satellites are no match for a space-based Chinese cyber-attack. The notion that U.S. computers could suddenly be rendered useless by an unseen and undetectable force such as an EMP strike was recently highlighted in a February 25, 2014, report which revealed that the first contagious airborne Wi-Fi computer virus has now been detected. Unbeknownst to most, digital backdoors, which allow for “Zero Day Attacks”, have been built into all military software to specifically allow for EMP and cyber-like attacks.

READ: Red Dawn Scenario: Chinese Attack On America Imminent

Back on November 19, 2013, it was reported that retired U.S. Navy Captain Mark Hagerott warned that sonic computer viruses launched by hackers could “jump the air gap” and target military systems that are not connected to the Internet. In other words, Chinese computer viruses could theoretically attack U.S. military defense systems (even those not connected to the internet), ultimately rendering them useless.

Despite growing evidence that nuclear bombs likely do not even exist (see: February 4, 2014 Truther.org report) U.S. President Barack “O-Bomb-A”, (i.e., Barry Soetoro) is without a doubt the anointed nuclear doomsday president. Therefore, until Obama is ousted from public office, the world will be under the threat of state-sponsored nuclear terrorism. In the aftermath of a Chinese or Iranian nuclear attack, Obama will institute martial law and declare himself dictator. This was all but confirmed in the February 27, 2014, Fox News report which stated that Obama is about ready to make a “government unto himself“, a Hitler-like move if there ever was one.

fallout

Chinese Nuclear Attack
The notion of a Chinese nuclear attack on the U.S. was openly flaunted on October 31, 2013, when the Chinese government released nuclear blast map projections for the U.S. cities of Seattle and Los Angeles after they were struck by Chinese nuclear warheads. A few weeks later on December 17, 2013, a Chinese space rover advert showed Europe being nuked, another ominous sign that a Chinese nuclear strike against the West is imminent. According to a report published on February 6, 2014, new Chinese-based submarine patrols have put Hawaii and Alaska within nuclear attack range, further foreshadowing a West Coast nuclear attack by China. Four days later on February 10, 2014, China reportedly showed off its new mobile ICBM on the internet, suggesting that China will soon be using her nuclear weapons in a mobile and offensive manner.

Chinese Space Attack
In order to attack U.S. satellites and defense systems, the Chinese government had to first prove to the world that they are smart enough technologically-wise to do so. This was all but confirmed on December 14, 2013, when China allegedly became the third country to land on moon. Roughly 2 weeks later on December 29, 2013, a report entitled “NASA Beware China’s Red Space Storm Rising” sounded the alarm in respect to China’s offensive space program. A month later on January 29, 2014, defense experts warned that China has boosted its space warfare capabilities. Although not yet confirmed, it does appear that China’s “Jade Rabbit” moon rover is military cover for the EMP-attack program which will take out U.S.-based military satellites and defense systems.

china-military-drone-stealth-russia.si

Chinese Drone Launch
Should Chinese drones nuke U.S. cities, they will most likely takeoff from Chinese ships in or near U.S. waters. According to a February 11, 2014, report published in respect to two Iranian warships off the coast of the U.S., the Pentagon stated that they may sail wherever they like, a reckless gesture at best. Four days later on February 15, 2014, a North Korean ship which had previously transported illegal weapons to Cuba returned to the island, unabated. A few weeks later on February 26, 2014, it was reported that a Russian spy ship was docked in Havana, Cuba, just 90 miles off the coast of America. These reports were published in order to: a) show that enemy war ships are sailing just off the coast of America, and b) that Chinese ships will be able to get close enough to U.S. shores in order to launch their nuclear drone strikes.

The “Invisibility Cloak
In order for China to pull off a “stealth” nuke attack on America, they will have to, at least theoretically speaking, employ some sort of technology which renders America’s defenses useless. Coincidentally, on November 12, 2013, it was reported that the University of Toronto demonstrated an active invisibility cloak for the first time. Predictably, less than a month later on December 9, 2013, it was revealed that Chinese scientists are upbeat about the development of an invisibility cloak that would, in theory, allow the Chinese military to hide objects from view and make them “disappear”. In other words, if and when the Chinese attack America, they may do so with the aid of superior technology which in will in essence have allowed their military equipment to become invisible to American defense systems (e.g., radar, satellites, sonar, etc.).

Asian Sneak “Attack” Propaganda
Prior to a high-profile Asian based West Coast attack on the United States, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. “Red Dawn” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which the United States is the victim of a red-dawn surprise attack by military aircraft from North Korea. “Battleship” (2012) is another film (see trailer) in which the U.S. Navy and the State of Hawaii are the victims of a surprise attack, by transformer-like machines. “Olympus Has Fallen” (2013) is a film (see trailer) in which Washington D.C., is ambushed in a surprise attack by an ex-North Korean terrorists who employ military aircraft, suicide bombers and cyber-attacks in a bid to overthrow the U.S. government. On July 12th, 2013, the film “Pacific Rim” (2013) (see trailer) was released which features a story line in which the U.S. is attacked by monster-like machines from deep under the Pacific Ocean. According to the trailer, their first 3 attacks target San Francisco, California, Manila, Philippines, and Cabo San Lucas, Mexico. If and when this Hollywood terror programming will manifest in reality is unknown, but the precedent for a surprise attack on the West Coast of America definitely has been set.

emp-blast-effects1

I: EMP ATTACK:

1.1: China’s EMP Quest
In a January 8, 2011, report entitled “China’s Quest For Dominance In Electro-Magnetic Warfare”, it was revealed that “China’s continued advancement in their air defense sector has continued to raise more concerns” and that “the Dong Feng 21D, a land-based anti-ship ballistic missile that officials now say has reached its initial operating capability. Which analysts have said the new Chinese missile leaves U.S. aircraft carriers vulnerable to [an EMP] attack”. The article also quotes Vice Admiral Jack Dorsett, the deputy chief of naval operations for information dominance and the service’s intelligence director, as stating that China is trying to dominate “in the electro-magnetic spectrum, to conduct counterspace capabilities, and clearly to conduct cyber activities.” China has already been set-up as the EMP terror scapegoat much the same way that it has been set-up as the cyber-terror scapegoat. If the reports are to be believed, China is currently developing EMP weapons and could use them against U.S. aircraft carriers in a future conflict. If and when an EMP attack strikes America, there is a high probability that China will be ultimately scapegoated and attacked, so long as the American military is able to function post-EMP attack.

1.2: Chinese EMP Attack?
Back on November 10, 2010, it was reported that a satellite monitoring the western coast region of North America detected an “EMP anomalous event” when a Chinese sub allegedly fired an EMP weapon on November 8, 2010. According to the report, the Chinese Navy attacked the U.S. based cruise ship entitled the “Carnival Splendor” with an EMP missile, resulting in a “catastrophic crippling” that left 4,500 passengers stranded and its crew “dead in the water”. Later that day on November 8, 2010, a mysterious missile was caught on video flying off the coast of California near Los Angeles, California. Although the U.S. government denied that they were responsible for the missile, a Russian report later stated that the missile was in fact a BGM-109 (Tomahawk) subsonic cruise missile launched from a U.S. Navy Ohio-Class submarine operating off the coast of California. What exactly happened that day is not clear, but apparently the U.S. and/or the Chinese military attacked the “Carnival Splendor” with an EMP missile. Evidently, the U.S. Navy sent up a Tomahawk cruise missile as a decoy to distract people from this unprecedented EMP missile attack on an American cruise ship. Conversely, it is also possible that the mysterious missile caught flying off the coast of California was in fact the U.S. EMP missile responsible for the “catastrophic crippling” of the Carnival Splendor.

II. CYBER TERROR:

2.1: U.S. Vulnerable to Chinese Cyber Attack
Aside from the fact that Chinese hackers reportedly crashed Federal Election Commission website on December 19, 2013, recent reports in respect to cyber-security (or lack thereof) suggests that cyber-attacks against U.S. governmental institutions are imminent. For example, on February 4, 2014, it was revealed that a U.S. Senate report found that federal agencies often fail to take basic preventive cyber-security measures. That same day, it was also reported that “password” is the password on many U.S. government computer accounts, furthering the notion that feds are an easy target for hackers. A day later on February 5, 2014, a U.S. government report found that 4 in 10 government security breaches go undetected, suggesting that cyber-attacks are much more prevalent than originally thought. Needless to say, these propaganda reports have been disseminated with the goal of making the American public believe that the U.S. government is highly vulnerable to a cyber-attack, possibly emanating from China.

2.2: Cyber Doomsday
Since June of 2012, numerous propaganda articles have stated that a cyber-terror doomsday is imminent and that when it happens, all hell will break loose in America. Headlines such as “‘End Of The World As We Know It’: Kaspersky Warns Of Cyber-Terror Apocalypse”, “Former FBI Cyber Cop Worries About A Digital 9/11”, “Retiring Rep. Norm Dicks Warns Of ‘Cyber 9/11′”, “Panetta: Cyber Threat Is Pre 9/11 Moment”, “Defense Secretary Warns Of ‘Cyber-Pearl Harbor’”, “Threat Of ‘Spectacular’ Cyberattack Looms” and “U.S. Homeland Chief: Cyber 9/11 Could Happen “Imminently“, all indicate that an unprecedented act of state-sponsored cyber-terror upon the United States is imminent. Exactly how a cyber-Doomsday will manifest itself is unknown, but a Chinese-based EMP strike followed by twin nuclear attacks appears to be the working terror scenario.

2.3: China & Cyber Terror
As previously reported, the nation of China has been systematically accused of hacking and has been linked to numerous acts of cyber-terrorism. China, more than any other nation, is sure to be scapegoated in the aftermath of a cataclysmic cyber-terror attack against the United States. On October 5, 2011, U.S. lawmakers publically accused China of cyber-terror and demanded that China stop its “pervasive” cyber-espionage campaign against America. A few weeks later on October 28, 2011, it was reported that Chinese hackers may have interfered with two U.S. satellites on four separate occasions. A week later, a U.S. government report stated that it can expect more aggressive efforts from China to collect information through cyber espionage in areas such as pharmaceuticals, defense and manufacturing. In March of 2012, a U.S. congressional report stated that China’s strengthening cyber capabilities will complicate U.S. efforts to defend itself against industrial espionage. Despite the alleged cyber-terror threat from China, Chinese joint ventures with U.S. manufacturers in hardware, software and telecommunications have created a “potential vector” for the People’s Liberation Army (PLA) to exploit and compromise American security. In what appears to be cyber-war political posturing, Chinese police arrested over 10,000 suspects and 600 criminal gangs during its latest crackdown on cybercrime while U.S. Defense Secretary Leon Panetta recently stated that after several years of escalating diplomacy and warnings, the U.S. is making little headway in its efforts to clamp down on aggressive Chinese cyber-attacks against American companies and the U.S. government.  On October 8, 2012, a report from the House Intelligence Committee warned that American companies should avoid doing business with China’s telecom companies because they poses a national security threat to the U.S. and that “China has the means, opportunity, and motive to use telecommunications companies for malicious purposes”.

READ: Chinese “Live TV” Cyber-Hijack With “Live” Nuclear Detonation

2.4: Cyber-Related Nuclear Terror
Prior to a high-profile EMP attack followed by twin nuclear attacks, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Based purely on research conducted to date, the marriage between cyber-terror and nuclear terror was first made on February 19, 2013, when a CNN headline entitled “Former CIA Official: Cyber War ‘More Sinister Than Nuclear Age’” first paired the terms “cyber” and “nuclear” together in the same sentence. Roughly a month later on March 22, 2013, the propaganda film entitled “Olympus Has Fallen” (2013) was released (see trailer) in which Washington D.C., America’s capital is attacked by an ex-North Korean terrorist who wants to hack the White House computer network and detonate American nuclear warheads while in their respective missile silos. Exactly a month later on April 22, 2013, the Wall Street Journal ran a headline entitled “China: Cyberattacks Are Like Nuclear Bombs”, ultimately linking the words “China”, Cyberattacks” and “Nuclear Bombs” in the same sentence. Roughly two months later on June 28, 2013, another propaganda film entitled  “White House Down” (2013), was released (see trailer) in which Washington D.C., America’s capital, was attacked by hackers attempting to breach the U.S. Department of Defense’s computers to access the “Nuclear Football”, the briefcase used by the President of the United States to initiate nuclear war.

original

III: DRONE ATTACK:

3.1: China’s Drone Attack
China is building one of the world’s largest drone fleets aimed at attacking the United States in the event of a war. According to the report, “The Chinese military envisions its drone swarms scouting out battlefields, guiding missile strikes and overwhelming opponents through sheer numbers. China’s military-industrial complex has developed homegrown drones to accomplish these goals, according to the report released on March 11, 2013, by the Project 2049 Institute. “The PLA now fields one of the world’s most expansive UAV [unmanned aerial vehicle] fleets,” said Ian Easton and L.C. Russell Hsiao, researchers at the Project 2049 Institute and authors of the new report. The Project 2049 Institute report warned that China could consider “plausibly deniable” drone attacks blamed upon mechanical failure or cyberhackers. The Chinese drones could act as decoys, use electronic warfare to jam communications and radar, guide missile strikes on carriers, fire missiles at U.S. Navy ships, drop nuclear bombs, or dive into U.S. ships like kamikaze robots.

READ: Chinese “Kamikaze” Done Attack On Pearl Harbor Hawaii Imminent

3.2: China’s “Stealth” Drones
If and when Chinese drones execute nuclear strikes against American cities, the drones will have to be stealth drones in order to circumvent U.S. aerial defense systems (in the event that they are not disabled due to an EMP attack). Another possibility is that the Chinese may cyber-hijack (commandeer) U.S. drones and arm them with Chinese-made nuclear weapons in order to get them past U.S. defense systems. Based on the following reports, both drone scenarios are possible, at least theoretically speaking. On March 11, 2013, Easton and L.C. Russell Hsiao, researchers at the Project 2049 Institute, stated that “The PLA [China] now fields one of the world’s most expansive UAV [unmanned aerial vehicle] fleets” and that China could consider “plausibly deniable” drone attacks blamed upon mechanical failure or cyberhackers. The drones could act as decoys, use electronic warfare to jam communications and radar, guide missile strikes on carriers, fire missiles at U.S. Navy ships or dive into ships like kamikaze robots. Project 2049 went on to state that China is developing drones such as the rumored “Dark Sword” stealth drone that have low radar profiles to escape radar detection and that Chinese engineers have even begun working on drones that have the software brains to fly in formation, do aerial refueling and takeoff and land autonomously. The report cautions the U.S. military to prepare for the worst-case scenario by hardening its existing air bases in Asia. On March 13, 2013, it was reported that China is building one of the world’s largest drone fleets aimed at attacking the United States in the event of a war. As of November 22, 2013, it was reported that China’s first stealth combat drone has taken its maiden flight.

IV. U.S. VERUS CHINA:

nuclear_explosion

4.1: Red China Rising
Aside from the fact that China openly called for the world to be “de-Americanised” on October 13, 2013, it was revealed on December 12, 2013, that a group of U.S. defense analysts told a prominent House subcommittee that the U.S. military needs a more focused war plan specific to China, especially after China’s declaration of an air defense zone over the East China Sea. A week after this shocking revelation, Chinese hackers reportedly crashed Federal Election Commission website on December 19, 2013, a direct attack on the U.S. and its democratic form of government. As of February 19, 2014, China cut its U.S. Treasury holdings the most since 2011, an ominous sign that a Chinese attack is imminent. After all, China holds most of America’s debt and therefor a nuclear strike against America may be a sign to pay up.

READ: China vs. Japan War Plot Exposed—Attack on Iwo Jima and Okinawa Imminent

4.2: U.S. Versus China  
Inflammatory war propaganda, rising diplomatic tensions between the U.S. and China along with unprecedented U.S. propaganda against China indicates that World War III scenario between the United States and China is on the horizon. On June 4th, 2012, it was reported that the Australian government’s Defense White Paper published in 2009 contained a “secret chapter” that assessed “Australia’s ability to fight an air-sea battle alongside the United States against China”. A few weeks later on June 27th, 2012, Chinese Maj. Gen. Peng Guangqian stated that a future conflict with the United States is coming as a result of U.S. “containment” policy. Guangqian was then quoted as saying, “The United States has been exhausting all its resources to establish a strategic containment system specifically targeting China” and that “The contradictions between China and the United States are structural, not to be changed by any individual, whether it is G.H.W. Bush, G.W. Bush or Barack Obama, it will not make a difference to these contradictions”.

4.3: U.S. Military Vulnerable to Attack
Prior to an unprovoked and unabated attack by China against the West Coast of America, the public must first be led to believe through propaganda and alleged whistleblowers that U.S. military equipment and weapons systems are vulnerable to Chinese cyber-related espionage. That way, in the aftermath of a Chinese invasion whereby U.S. defense systems such as missiles, planes and radars are suddenly rendered useless, the narrative of a Chinese cyber-attack can be floated to the American public and military as the reason for the deadly attack which will surely take America to war. If the following reports are to be believed, Chinese hackers have gained access to U.S. weapons secrets, stole blueprints from Australia’s intelligence agency, stole a number of the latest U.S. weapons, hacked the NSA chairman’s accounts, targeted U.S. missile systems, hacked the Obama campaign, and hacked the head of the Nuclear Security Agency. The notion that the Chinese military is “smarter” than the U.S. military and therefore vulnerable to an attack was basically confirmed on January 16, 2014, when it was reported that a U.S. admiral conceded that the U.S. is losing dominance to China.

Chinese Espionage Headlines:

1. March 29, 2013: Report: China Gained U.S. Weapons Secrets Using Cyberespionage
2. May 27, 2013: Chinese Hackers Steal Australian Security Intelligence Blueprints
3. May 28, 2013: Pentagon: The Chinese Stole Our Newest Weapons
4. May 28, 2013: Chinese Infiltrated Top U.S. Weapons Systems, Confidential Report Claims
5. May 28, 2013: Report Lists U.S. Weapons Compromised By Chinese Cyberspies
6. May 29, 2013: Pentagon Aircraft, Missile Defense Programs Target Of China Cyber Threat
7. May 29, 2013: China to Hold Digital War Games
8. May 31, 2013: Hagel Says Chinese Cyberthreats Pose ‘Stealthy’ Danger To US
9. June 5, 2013: China Claims ‘Mountains Of Data’ On Cyber Attacks By US
10. June 6, 2013: Chinese Hacked Obama, McCain Campaigns, Took Internal Documents

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events of headlines]

4.4: U.S. Weapon Systems Compromised by Chinese Hackers
Based on multiple reports, Chinese hackers have compromised numerous U.S. military weapons systems,  ultimately making U.S. military personal and equipment vulnerable to a Chinese attack. According to a May 28th, 2013, report by the Washington Post, the following is an “expanded partial list” of compromised DOD system designs and technologies:

I. U.S. System Designs
Terminal High Altitude Area Defense, Patriot Advanced Capability-3, Extended Area Protection and Survivability System (EAPS), F-35, V-22, C-17, Hawklink, Advanced Harpoon Weapon Control System, Tanker Conversions, Long-term Mine Reconnaissance System, Global Hawk, Navy antenna mechanisms, Global Freight Management System, Micro Air Vehicle, Brigade Combat Team Modernization, Aegis Ballistic Missile Defense System, USMC Tracked Combat Vehicles, Warfighter Information Network-Tactical (WIN-T), T700 Family of Engines, Full Authority Digital Engine Controller (FADEC), UH-60 Black Hawk, AMRAAM (AIM-120 Advanced Medium-Range Air-to-Air Missile), Affordable Weapons System, Littoral Combat Ship, Navy Standard Missile (SM-2,3,6), P-8A/Multi-Mission Aircraft, F/A and EA-18, RC-135 Detect./Collect, and the Mk54 Light Weight Torpedo.

II. U.S. Technologies
Directed Energy, UAV video system, Specific Emitter identification, Nanotechnology, Dual Use Avionics, Fuze/Munitions safety and development, Electronic Intelligence Processing, Tactical Data Links, Satellite Communications, Electronic Warfare, Advanced Signal Processing Technologies for Radars,  Nanostructured Metal Matrix Composite for Light Weight Ballistic Armor, Vision-aided Urban Navigation & Collision Avoidance for Class I Unmanned Air Vehicles (UAV), Space Surveillance Telescope, Materials/processing technologies, IR Search and Track systems, Electronic Warfare systems, Electromagnetic Aircraft Launch, Rail Gun, Side Scan sonar, Mode 5 IFF, Export Control, ITAR, Distribution Statement B,C,D Technical Information, CAD drawings, 3D models, schematics, Software code, Critical technology, Vendor/supply chain data, Technical manuals, PII (email addresses, SSN, credit card numbers, passwords, etc.), and attendee lists for program reviews and meetings.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2014 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on 50+ state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax, the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker, and he was the first to expose Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-sponsored terror alerts, warning, assertions and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Cancelled

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
February 4, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that the Norwegian Cruise Line ship at the center of the now foiled New York City nuclear terror plot of February 2, 2014 has canceled its upcoming Floridian itinerary which was slated to commence on February 8, 2014.

According to a February 3, 2014 report by the Andover Advertiser, the “Norwegian Getaway” cruise ship is now docked in Southampton, England were it will evidently undergo the removal of its highly explosive cargo over the next month (March) before it sails to Miami, Florida where it will reportedly be christened by cheerleaders from the Miami Dolphins.

This February 3, 2014 report directly contradicts the current Wikipedia entry (see screenshot) which states that the Norwegian Getaway will “be sailing 7 Night Eastern Caribbean cruises starting February 8, 2014”. The sudden change in the cruise ship’s itinerary was all but predicted in the February 2, 2014 Truther.org report which stated that the Norwegian Getaway would be “guarded until the Super Bowl is over” and its “7 Night Eastern Caribbean cruises starting February 8, 2014 [would] be canceled”.

Norwegian Getaway Wiki

Shortly after the Norwegian Getaway was built in Germany, it sailed to Southampton prior to its debut in in New York City where it served as a floating hotel during Super Bowl XLVIII. Since the aforementioned terror plot was exposed, the ship has inexplicably left America and sailed back across the Atlantic to Europe. This senseless and expensive seafaring adventure only makes sense when it’s understood that international intelligence agencies behind the terror plot have some incriminating cargo to dispose of.

Do Nuclear Weapons Exist?
Similarly to how Cowboys Stadium was built specifically for the nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV, the Norwegian Getaway was built specifically for the February 2, 2014 nuclear attack in New York City. The sudden change in itinerary by the cruise ship further confirms the growing suspicion that nuclear weapons do not even exist. In short, large amounts of explosives (e.g., C4) are needed to create a massive explosion and subsequent fireball in order to convince the public that they just witnessed a nuclear explosion. Since ALL fireballs tend to mushroom, an alleged nuclear detonation must be so absolutely monstrous in size that it is believed by the public to be a “nuclear” bomb. Very few people have witnessed extremely large explosions and therefore all people know is what they have previously seen on television and in the movies. Therefore, a brand new stadium and a brand new cruise ship were built specifically to house thousands of tons of raw explosives.

Hiroshima Dome

The Hiroshima Hoax
Today, the Hiroshima Peace Memorial (i.e., the Genbaku Dome) still stands in Hiroshima, Japan as a memorial of the nuclear terror attack which allegedly occurred there on August 6, 1945. According to modern historical sources, “the [atomic] bomb [..] exploded directly over the Shima Clinic, which was very near to the Genbaku Dome. Because the atomic bomb exploded almost directly overhead, the building was able to retain its shape”. These claims are outright laughable considering that the heat from the atomic explosion allegedly “generated heat estimated at 3,900 °C (7,050 °F) and winds that were estimated at 1,005 km/h (624 mph)”. Mysteriously however, despite the heat, the metallic dome and the trees surrounding it remained relatively intact. In other words, so-called historians and scientists want the world to believe that jet fuel brought down the Twin Towers on 9/11 but an atomic bomb was unable to melt a metal dome or burn up the surrounding trees. Although further investigating must be done prior to arriving at any concrete conclusions, it does appear that nuclear bombs are pseudoscience at best.

Installing the Explosives
In order to install large amounts of explosives into the Norwegian Getaway without any of the ship workers noticing, a false-flag of sorts was needed in order to provide cover for the terror operation. Coincidentally, on March 5, 2013, a fire broke out on the new “Norwegian Getaway” while it was being built at Dock II in Papenburg, Germany. According to reports, the fire caused heavy clouds of smoke and resulted in the evacuation of the production area and the shipyard’s visitor’s center. Although the Papenburg fire department was reportedly called to the scene, the cause of the fire remains unknown. It was during this staged evacuation that large amounts of explosives were likely brought in and inserted into the hull of the ship.

Muddying the Waters
In a coordinated attempt by international intelligence agencies to muddy the waters in respect to the now foiled New York City nuclear terror plot of February 2, 2014, two tragic cruise ship incidents have occurred within the last 48 hours.  On February 2, 2014, it was reported that a man working on the Costa Concordia salvage operation died after a piece of sheet metal cut his leg off and he bled to death. Two days later on February 4, 2014, it was reported that a 4-year-old child died after being pulled unresponsive from a swimming pool on the “Norwegian Breakaway”, a Norwegian Cruise Line ship sailing off the coast of North Carolina. The “Norwegian Breakaway” obviously sounds very similar to the “Norwegian Getaway” and therefore the death of the infant was likely fabricated as a media smoke screen. As this shocking story of state-sponsored terror begins to get more media attention, more tragic news in respect to cruise ships will likely be disseminated.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2014 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on 50+ state-sponsored terror plots, including the man-made comet ISON hoax, the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker, and he was the first to expose Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-sponsored terror alerts, warning, assertions and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

nuclearNYC

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE VII: Unbeknownst to Truther.org at the time of publishing, it was reported on January 23, 2014, , that the National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA) conducted an Aerial Radiation Assessment Survey (ARAS) in both Northern New Jersey and New York City just 10 days prior to Super Bowl XLVIII in apparent preparation for the nuclear event depicted herein.

UPDATE VI: Just 3 days after the following Truther.org was published, it was revealed on February 4, 2014, that a child had died after a swimming pool “accident” on the “Norwegian Breakaway” cruise ship. The incident, whether real or not, was obviously created in order to muddy the waters in respect to the “Norwegian Getaway” which was implicated in the attempted nuclear attack on New York City. Two days later on February 6, 2014, it was reported that the “Norwegian Getaway” had officially arrived in the Port of Miami. The report is shocking considering that on February 3, 2014, it was reported that the Norwegian Getaway was back in Southampton, England. Obviously, both reports cannot simultaneously be true unless there are 2 ships named the “Norwegian Getaway”. Interestingly, on February 6, 2014, it was reported that a sonic boom large enough to cause earthquake tremors struck Ocean City, Maryland, which is just 234 miles south of New York City. Local resident and witness Bart Rader stated that the loud boom was “like somebody blew something up”. So strong was the blast that it rattled a 50-pound metal sculpture against Rader’s wall. Evidently, the “nuclear” payload slated for New York City was offloaded by the U.S. Navy and detonated a few hundred miles off the eastern seaboard. The massive explosion, whose source remains an official mystery till this day, evidently sent a shockwave much stronger than the U.S. Navy had anticipated.

UPDATE V: Less than 24 hours before the nuclear terror plot depicted herein was to be executed, it was reported on February 1, 2014, that an Iranian military commander stated that they have “identified centers in America [for attack] which will create a shock”. This brash statement further confirms suspicions that Iran was the slated scapegoat in the nuclear terror attack planned for New York City during Super Bowl XLVIII.

UPDATE IV: It now appears that the Norwegian Cruise Line ship at the center of the now foiled February 2, 2014 nuclear terror attack on New York City has canceled its Floridian itinerary which was slated to commence on February 8, 2014. According to a February 3, 2014 report by the Andover Advertiser, the “Norwegian Getaway” cruise ship is now docked in Southampton, England were it will evidently undergo the removal of its explosive cargo over the next month (March) before it sails to Miami where it will reportedly be christened by cheerleaders from the Miami Dolphins. This February 3, 2014 report directly contradict the current Wikipedia entry (see screenshot) which states that the Norwegian Getaway will “be sailing 7 Night Eastern Caribbean cruises starting February 8, 2014”. The sudden change in the cruise ship’s itinerary was all but predicted in the February 2, 2014 Truther.org report which stated that the Norwegian Getaway would be “guarded until the Super Bowl is over” and its “7 Night Eastern Caribbean cruises starting February 8, 2014 [would] be canceled

UPDATE III:  In what appears to be more “clean-up” in respect to the foiled terror plot depicted herein, it was reported on February 2, 2014, that an emergency situation occurred at the Seaucius train station in New Jersey due to Super Bowl fans who allegedly “collapsed”. The train station, which is only 2.6 miles from Met-Life Stadium, may have been a planned bio-terror attack location and therefore an “emergency” was needed in order to provide cover for intelligence agencies to dispose of any explosives and/or bio-terror agents.

UDATE II: Less than 24 hours after paraphrasing Philip Seymour Hoffman‘s  “wrinkle” quote from “The Hunger Games: Catching Fire” in the following report, he was reportedly found dead in New York City with a needle hanging out of his arm. Although his suspicious death may have just been a coincidence, it’s far more likely that the progenitors of state-sponsored terror were irate that their latest nuclear terror plot was foiled and decided to take it out on Hoffman.

UPDATE I: Less than 24 hours after the following report was published, 3 separate yet connected events occurred in respect to the now foiled Super Bowl XLVIII terror plot in New York City. On January 31, 2014, it was revealed that the FBI and the NYPD are searching for 3 men who allegedly robbed an armored truck by spraying the guards with a “disabling” bio-chemical substance. Evidently, the “terrorists” got wind of a double-cross and are now on the loose in New York. A day later on February 1, 2014, the Secret Service arrested a man in New York City who had threated to kill former president George W. Bush and was allegedly in possession a loaded rifle, a machete and gasoline. Terror patsies are usually arrested within 24-hours of a foiled terror plot on unrelated charges.  Also on February 1, 2014, it was reported that 2 airliners where grounded due to “smoke”, one of which landed at Newark Airport in New Jersey. Evidently, the planes were part of the NORAD exercise and were slated to be used as WMD’s during Super Bowl XLV. Predictably, they were taken out of service once the terror plot was exposed.

David Chase Taylor
February 1, 2014
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — At 6:25 PM (EST) on February 2, 2014, Super Bowl XLVIII will kick-off featuring the Denver Broncos versus the Seattle Seahawks at MetLife Stadium in East Rutherford, New Jersey. Due to the fact that a state-sponsored nuclear terror plot targeting Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011, was ultimately foiled, a secondary nuclear terror plot targeting Sunday’s game is possible but highly unlikely. Predictably however, the designers of false-flag terror have introduced what they like to call a “wrinkle” which will allow them to simultaneously terrorize the MetLife Stadium crowd as well as the Super Bowl’s record breaking television audience without actually attacking the game itself. This particular twist will be accomplished by detonating an allegedly Iranian made suitcase nuke and/or a highly contagious bio-terror weapon in downtown New York City while Super Bowl XLVIII is being played. Although the surprise attack could transpire anytime during the game, it will most likely occur in the waning minutes of the 4th quarter when television viewership will be at its highest.

Download & Forward PDF

The nuclear terror plot depicted herein is specifically why New York City was chosen for the first-ever outdoor northern Super Bowl as opposed to it being played down South or a domed stadium as in usually the case. In other words, the NFL along with the U.S. government specifically chose New York City for Super Bowl XLVIII so that all of America and the world could witness a nuke attack stemming from the “Norwegian Getaway” (see below) in Manhattan which is only 3.8 miles away from MetLife Stadium. This is also why the Red Hot Chili Peppers were added to the Super Bowl halftime show because New York City is about to get “red hot”. Due to the 30-60 second nature of a nuclear detonation, “live” sporting events such as the Super BowlFIFA World CupNBA FinalsMLB World Series and the Olympic Games are the only viable venues for nuclear terror due to the fact that they already have a global sitting audience upwards of hundreds of millions watching on “Live TV”.

MetLifeStadium

MetLife Stadium
A nuclear attack in New York City would be witnessed by the capacity crowd at MetLife Stadium which would obviously panic, likely sparking a stampede which would likely cause thousands to perish. Naturally, the NFL and the U.S. government have prepared for the stampede scenario and have erected a double chain link and jersey barricade fence nearly 4 miles long completely encircling MetLife Stadium. NFL fans which aren’t trampled to death in the stampede will be crushed to death against the chain-link fence while trying to escape the dreaded wave of deadly radiation. In essence, the scene from the movie “Terminator 2: Judgment Day” (1991) in which a nuclear detonation is witnessed from behind a chain link fence will be reenacted for all the world to see on “live” television. The notion that fans could get trapped inside MetLife Stadium during Super Bowl XLVIII was first revealed in a letter written by intelligence agencies which was published on January 24, 2014 under the title “SuperBowl False Flag “TreasonBowl” Letter Sent to Before It’s News”. The letter speaks for itself and shows that premeditated mass murder has been planned for Super Bowl Sunday on February 2, 2014.

New York Nuclear Attack 
The notion of a New York-based nuclear attack during a Super Bowl at MetLife Stadium was recently depicted in the post-apocalyptic film entitled “Oblivion” (2013), a film which grossed over $89 million. As depicted in the trailer, Tom Cruise states “The last Super Bowl was played right here” while standing in MetLife Stadium amid the ruins of New York City. The notion of a real-life radiological “event” during Super Bowl XLVIII was first revealed on January 20, 2014 when two U.S. National Nuclear Security Administration helicopters reportedly scanned for background radiation in New York City as a “precautionary measure” for the upcoming Super Bowl. In what appears to be blatant preparation for a nuclear detonation come Sunday, February 2, 2014, Fox Sports beta-tested an “infrared gadget” specifically for Super Bowl XLVIII which will evidently allow the television audience and/or the terror masterminds a clear view of what is transpiring in the dark when the lights go out in New York City.

Iranian Nuclear Terror Plot
The Super Bowl XLVIII nuclear terror plot apparently went into play starting in Geneva, Switzerland on November 24, 2013 when international intelligence agencies met under the cover of the historic Iranian nuclear deal. Within minutes of the deal being signed, the Israeli Minister of Economy and Commerce stated that, “If in another five years a suitcase nuke explodes in New York or Madrid, it will be because of the deal that was signed [with Iran] this morning”. Only 18 days later on December 12, 2013, the apparent code name for the Super Bowl XLVIII nuclear terror operation was revealed when the U.S. Department of Homeland Security produced a memo which showed that Iran was linked to the terror immigration program entitled “EB-5” which coincidentally features “a network involved in a series of international assassinations and terrorism operations”. Roughly 5 weeks later on January 23, 2014, intelligence agencies along with Iranian President Rouhini met under the cover of the World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland which historically does not include controversial heads of state from the Middle East. A day later on January 24, 2014, the nuclear terror plot was apparently finalized under the cover of the United Nations in Geneva, Switzerland on January 24, 2014. In the event that the February 2, 2014 nuclear attack is postponed, a February 18, 2014 meeting has already scheduled whereby another Iranian nuclear terror plot will likely be implemented.

Blast Map

“Plan B” as in Bio-Terror
In the event that the suitcase nuke terror plot is canceled or postponed, there is always the possibly that “plan B” or “plan bio” will be executed somewhere in New York City. The notion that Iran is actively pursuing deadly bio-weapons was reported just over a year ago on December 12, 2012, it was revealed that Iran is making anthrax at secret plant. The notion of an impending bio-terror attack is very real as on January 29, 2014, Truther.org published a report entitled “Bio-Terror Attack Warning for January 29, 2014 Miami Heat vs. Oklahoma City Thunder Game”. Within 24 hours, it was reported that a bio-terror patsy was arrested for bomb and white powder threats. In respect to Super Bowl XLVIII, it was revealed on January 31, 2014, that a suspicious powder mimicking anthrax had been mailed to several locations in New York and New Jersey, including at least 5 hotels near the site of Super Bowl XLVIII.

Super Bowl

New York City Programming 
As depicted in the photo above, the logo of Super Bowl XLVIII, the logo of the Pepsi Halftime Show and the NFL.com website all prominently feature New York City. The obvious question is “why?”, especially considering that the Super Bowl is being played in a different state altogether. With the terror drill entitled “Exercise Amalgam Virgo 14-01” being executed by NORAD on February 2, 2014, during Super Bowl XLVIII, there is rather high probability that a number of civilian airliners will be shot out of the sky in order to sell the notion of an EMP (nuclear electromagnetic pulse) occurring in the wake of a nuclear detonation. Therefore, aside from a nuclear attack on New York City skyline, commercial airliner may start dropping like flies all along the East Coast of the United States come Super Bowl Sunday.

I. THE SET-UP:

1.1: The Terror Warnings
Roughly 2 months prior to Super Bowl XLVIII, it was reported on December 13, 2013, that the Intelligence Committee stated that America’s terror threat is higher than it was two years ago. A few weeks later on January 1, 2014, it was revealed that the U.S. government had ordered 14 Million doses of potassium iodide, an ominous sign that a state-sponsored nuclear attack is imminent. Roughly 2 weeks later on January 16, 2014, a propaganda reported entitled “It’s Better to Run to Best nearby Shelter after Nuclear Detonation Blast”, foreshadowing a nuclear attack of some sort. Low and behold, just 8 days prior to the Super Bowl on January 25, 2014, it was reported that a Russian national was arrested in Pennsylvania and charged with possessing a WMD (Weapon of Mass Destruction), risking a catastrophe, possessing instruments of crime, prohibited offensive weapons, incendiary devices, and recklessly endangering another person. Five days later on January 30, 2014, the notion of impending terror threat was reiterated by the Director of National Intelligence, James Clapper, when he stated that the Al-Qaida-affiliated al-Nusra Front “[has] aspirations for attacks on the homeland”.

norwegian_getaway_00_copyright_meyer_werft

1.2: The “Norwegian Getaway” Cruise Ship
Norwegian Cruise Line’s brand spanking new cruise ship entitled the “Norwegian Getaway” is  currently stationed at Pier 88 in Manhattan, New York where it is serving a floating “Bud Light” hotel during Super Bowl XLVIII. Similarly to when Cowboys Stadium was built specifically for the Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot, the “Norwegian Getaway” was just built in Germany and delivered to its owner on January 10, 2014, specifically for the February 2, 2014 nuclear attack in New York City. This revelation fosters the growing skepticism as to whether or not nuclear weapons even exist. In short, large amounts of explosives (e.g., C4, dynamite, plastic explosive, etc.) are needed to create a big enough explosion and subsequent fireball to convince people that a nuclear explosion like they saw in the movies just happened. Since all fireballs mushroom, the explosion must be monstrous in order to sell it, hence the special stadium and cruise ship. Therefore, the “Norwegian Getaway” is likely laden with thousands of tons of explosives just waiting to be detonated at this very moment. In the event that this far out ascertain is true, the ship and/or the surrounding area will likely suffer some sort of an emergency within the next 24-48 hours which will ultimately allow for the removal of the ship from New York City before the explosives are discovered. Or, the ship will be guarded until the Super Bowl is over and ships 7 Night Eastern Caribbean cruises starting February 8, 2014 will be canceled. However, should the “Norwegian Getaway” be detonated in New York City, the disaster would come 101 years after the infamous RMS Titanic disaster which was an act of state-sponsored terror in its own right.

1.3: U.S. Border Security Compromised
Prior to a suitcase nuke crossing over into U.S. territory undetected, the notion that this is possible must be established by the U.S. government in order to give officials plausible deniability in the wake of a subsequent nuke attack. Starring on December 13, 2013, the U.S. Department of Homeland Security revealed that tunnels along the U.S.-Mexico Border are a “significant and growing’ threat”. Less than a month later on January 15, 2014, it was reported that U.S. police are employing border-patrol drones and that their videos are ‘top secret’, a move which was designed to show that classified events are occurring along the U.S. border. A few days later on January 28, 2014, it was reported that U.S. customs officials grounded its drone fleet after a $12 million drone crashes off of California. This alleged drone crash basically gives the U.S. government the excuse they need as to why their drone surveillance program was unable to stop “the terrorists” from smuggling a suitcase nuke into the U.S. The answer to this monumental lapse in security will predictably be more drones. A day later on January 29, 2014, it was revealed that Arizona lawmakers are seeking a $30M ‘virtual fence’ near US-Mexico border, a request that will surely be cited as “a little too late” in the wake of a suitcase nuke attack.

1.4: Nuclear & Bio-Terror Drills
As evidenced, CBRN (Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear) related drills by members of various factions of the U.S. military are at an all-time high. In the event of a nuclear detonation in New York City, CBRN-related factions of the U.S. military will be immediately flown to the outbreak location (if they are not already there) in order execute forced vaccinations and martial law. Although not yet confirmed, it does appear that the highly suspicious January 10, 2014, state of emergency issued in West Virginia over a chemical leak may have been a real world exercise to prepare government employees and troops for an impending nuclear attack in the Tri-State area.

January 2014 CBRN Drills:

1. January 2, 2014: CBRN Stryker vehicles used during live-fire exercise (Camp Hovey, South Korea)
2. January 7, 2014: CLR-17 Marines train against chemical threats (Camp Pendleton, California)
3. January 10, 2014: 262nd completes CBRN training in preparation for deployment (Belfast, Maine)
4. January 15, 2014: Army Reserve’s 401st Chemical Company drills CBRN (Fort McCoy, Wisconsin)
5. January 16, 2014: Hammer suits up for CBRN training (Fort Hood, Texas)
6. January 17, 2014: Joint exercise instills teamwork in various agencies (Malmstrom AFB, Montana)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of headlines or events]

1.5: New Jersey Terror
Prior to earth-changing events taking place in the state of New Jersey, the American public must be led to believe that the Garden State is corrupt beyond measure. Although the story reportedly broke on September 9, 2013, the scandal surrounding New Jersey Governor Chris Christie (i.e., the Fort Lee Lane Closure Scandal) became national news in late January of 2014. Aside from the shocking New Jersey scandal, “American Hustle” (2014) is a film (see trailer) which takes place in New Jersey featuring corrupt New Jersey politicians, the mafia, an Arab sheik and $2 million dollars. The film, which premiered in the U.S. on December 13, 2014, has been nominated for a total of 127 film-related awards, including 10 Oscars and 7 Golden Globes. In order to sell the notion that the Italian mob would help Iranian terrorists import a suitcase nuke into the U.S., a number of propaganda reports have been published as of late. For example, on January 23, 2014, it was revealed that a 5 “mobsters” were arrested in the 1978 JFK Lufthansa heist, a mere 37 years later. Less than a week later on January 29, 2014, it was reported that a Palermo prosecutor in Sicily stated that an imprisoned Mafia boss might still run Cosa Nostra. A day later on January 30, 2014, it was reported that Italy is shocked over the Mafia’s fatal hit of 3-year-old boy. Needless to say, it appears that the mob is about ready to make a comeback when they unknowingly accept an Islamic bribe and help import a few suitcase nukes.

1.6: Doomsday Imminent
On January 15, 2014, just 18 days prior to the Super Bowl XLVIII, scientists warned that the ‘Doomsday clock’ is still at 5 to midnight, potentially foreshadowing that Doomsday is in fact upon us. Two days later on January 17, 2014, a so-called think-tank eerily warned that an “extraordinary crisis” was needed to preserve a “New World Order”. Roughly 2 weeks later on January 30, 2014, President Obama stated that the U.S. must move off ‘permanent war footing’ which is rather interesting considering that Fox News tool Bill O’Reilly will interview Obama during the pre-game coverage of the 2014 Super Bowl, just like he did prior to the 2011 Super Bowl which was slated for nuclear detonation. Interestingly, a separate taped segment of interview will appear on Fox News a day later in which Obama will likely reveal himself as dictator and declare martial law. Interestingly, the January 21, 2014 Washington Times article entitled “Half of American Fans Say ‘Supernatural’ Forces are In Play During Sports Events” foreshadowed the notion of a “supernatural” event occurring during a sporting event. Should a state-sponsored nuclear or bio-terror attack occur during Super Bowl XLVIII, it will likely simultaneously spawn the bio-terror pandemic planned for America as well as martial law scenario foreshadowed in the January 26, 2014 CSM article entitled “Is Barack Obama an Imperial President?

II. THE NUCLEAR ATTACK:

suitcase_nuke

2.1: The Suitcase Nuke
Back on November 24, 2013, Truther.org issued a terror warning entitled, “Live Nuclear “Event” Planned for NFL Game in Boston, MA on November 24, 2013”. Coincidentally, that very same day, in response to the historic Iranian nuclear deal signed in Switzerland, the Israeli Minister of Economy and Commerce stated “If in another five years a suitcase nuke explodes in New York or Madrid, it will be because of the deal that was signed [with Iran] this morning”. The unsubstantiated and highly racist statement, which was meant to serve as a prophetic warning of impending Islamic nuclear terror, reveals that the Israeli government is in fact privy to the Super Bowl nuclear terror plot which coincidentally features a suitcase-like nuke attack. Interestingly, “3 Days to Kill” is a film (see trailer) which will premiere in the U.S. on February 21, 2014 which prominently features a metallic briefcase, “the agency” (i.e., the CIA), a bio-terror attack and the mafia, four ingredients of the Super Bowl XLVVIII terror plot. In other suitcase nuke terror programming, the Nissan Corporation begun running an internationally distributed ad campaign entitled “The Briefcase” starting on January 5, 2014.  Similar to “3 Days to Kill”, the riveting high-speed chase commercial features a metallic briefcase to which the main character asks, “What is it?”.  At the end of the commercial, viewers are asked to go to www.openthebreifcase.com where a man with an accent states, “There are three more briefcases”. In the wake of an Iranian suitcase nuke attack, the government and media will use the threat of other suitcase nukes as a threat for months and possibly years.

2.2: Smuggling the Nuke
In order to sell the notion that New Jersey is vulnerable to smuggling, it was reported on December 26, 2013, that a man evaded the Newark, New Jersey’s airport’s $300M security system. To show that both nukes and terrorists can be smuggled into the United States, it was reported on January 8, 2014 that a woman was caught sneaking into the U.S. in suitcase. Roughly 3 weeks later on January 30, 2014, it was reported that a merchant plead guilty to smuggling piranhas into NYC by simply labeling them as tropical fish, foreshadowing the notion that illegal and dangerous items are being smuggled into New York City. Also on January 30, 2014, it was reported that the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement’s Homeland Security Investigations busted a smuggling ring in Houston, Texas. Aside from raising the profile of a smuggling ring just days before the Super Bowl, the bust gives government officials plausible deniability in the wake of a nuke being smuggled into America. Also on January 30, 2014, it was reported that the country of Bangladesh sentenced 14 people to death for arms smuggling, further highlighting the notion of weapons smuggling. In what may be cited as a case of mistaken identity, it was reported on January 31, 2014, that the TSA has suddenly loosened its rules on alcohol importation for incoming international flights. In the wake of a suitcase nuke being smuggled into America via a commercial airplane, a TSA screener will likely have thought that the suitcase nuke was a bunch of bottles of alcohol. After all a suitcase nuke does have a cylinder-like shape similar to a bottle of alcohol and TSA agents are not the brightest bunch. In what appears to be another suitcase nuke rabbit hole, it was reported on January 23, 2014 that a number of “high-dollar flyers” aka millionaires will be flying into New Jersey’s Teterboro Airport from all over to world for the Super Bowl. Because of this air traffic, there is always the possibility that a suitcase nuke could be smuggled onto a private plane and flown to America, inevitably escaping TSA security.

2.3: From Dubai with Love
In what appears to be a set-up for a suitcase nuke emanating from the United Arab Emirates (UAE), it was reported on January 11, 2014 that a missing diver’s body was found off the coast of Dubai. How exactly this plays into the February 2, 2014 nuclear terror plot is unknown, but intelligence agencies may state that the diver’s identity was stolen by Iranian terrorists or that the dive tanks were somehow used to disguise the suitcase nuke on its route to America via the Dubai airport. Curiously, on January 14, 2014 it was reported that NYC airports combined to set all-time passenger record of 111.6 million. Roughly 2 weeks later on January 29, 2014, it was revealed that as the Dubai is the biggest in the Middle East with a record 66 million passengers a year. Needless to say, the reports were evidently published just days prior to Super Bowl XLVIII to show that it is possibly for a single briefcase to pass through both Dubai and New York airports undetected. After all, if each person only had one piece of luggage, airport security would have to correctly search 177.6 million pieces of luggage, an impossible feat. In other words, the reports where published in order to create “reasonable doubt”.

2.4: Nuclear Drone Attack
Prior to a high-profile nuclear attack delivered courtesy of an Iranian drone, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. On January 21, 2014, it was reported that Iran sent two warships to the Atlantic. This particular event is key because it sets the stage for an Iranian attack emanating out of the Atlantic Ocean. The possibilities are endless, but an Iranian drone or special ops frogmen could theoretically attach a nuke to the hull of the aforementioned “Norwegian Getaway” which is currently stationed at Pier 88 in Manhattan, New York. Or, an Iranian drone could theoretically make its way into New York harbor where it could be detonated via remote control. Future acts of nuclear drone warfare was ominously foreshadowed in a December 18, 2013 report entitled, “Autonomous Drones are the Not-Too-Distant Future of War. That same day, it was revealed that a New York-based military drone had crashed off the East Coast, ultimately linking New York, a military drone, and the Atlantic Ocean together for the first time. Four days later on December 22, 2013, a report entitled “The Navy’s Amazing Ocean-Powered Underwater Drone” was published, furthering the notion of underwater drones. Two days later on December 26, 2013, a CNBC reported entitled “Rolls-Royce to Plot a Course to the Future with Drone Ships” was published, again highlighting the notion of aquatic drones. A week later, the marriage of hazardous materials and drones was made on January 2, 2014, when it was revealed that U.S. military drones will now get chemical weapons and make own decisions in missions. In the aftermath of an Iranian nuclear drone strike, U.S. drone strikes in Pakistan and Yemen will likely be cited as the primary cause of the attack. Coincidentally, this particular narrative was just depicted in the January 22, 2014 article entitled, “General McChrystal: U.S. Drone Activity Causes ‘Tremendous Resentment’”.

III: THE BIO-TERROR ATTACK:

3.1: Cruise Ship Bio-Terror Attack?
The aforementioned “Norwegian Getaway” which is currently stationed at Pier 88 in Manhattan, New York is a perfect bio-terror target due to the fact that it is a closed environment with a central air system. Biological outbreaks on cruise ships are occurring at an unprecedented rate with 3 outbreaks in the last 2 weeks. Therefore, another cruise ship outbreak is all but expected. The first incident was reported on January 18, 2014, when 66 passengers and 2 crew members were sickened during a biological outbreak on a Port of Miami-based Royal Caribbean cruise. Nine days later on January 27, 2014, another 645 people got sick in an outbreak on another Royal Caribbean cruise ship based out of New Jersey. Four days later on January 31, 2014, it was reported that another Norovirus outbreak occurred on the Houston based “Caribbean Princess” when 176 people got sick. Needless to say, a fourth biological outbreak on a cruise ship would be par for the bio-terror course.

3.2: Mass Transit Bio-Terror Attack?
As revealed in the January 30, 2014 report entitled, “Super Bowl Security Focused on Mass Transit”, at least 30 federal agencies will be in New York-New Jersey area during the Super Bowl and one of their main focuses will be on mass transit. Roughly 6 month ago on June 27, 2013, Truther.org published a report entitled, “NYC Subway Bio-Terrorism and July 4th Statue of Liberty Attack Trending” which exposed a state-sponsored bio-terror plot targeting New York’s subway system. Therefore, the likely hood of a mass transit bio-terror attack is highly likely, especially if the suitcase nuke attack is ultimately canceled.

3.3: Bio-Terror Trending 
Breaking news and events in respect to biological outbreaks and bio-terrorism suggests that an unprecedented bio-terror attack is imminent. For example, on January 17, 2014, a jury in Georgia found 2 men guilty in ricin bio-terror plot. Four days later, on January 21, 2014, it was reported that FEMA has accelerated preparations for a pandemic by seeking bio-medical waste collection during an emergency within the continental United States. Five days later on January 26, 2014, it was reported that volunteers in Maryland are being purposely infected with a “live virus” in the name of for science. A day later on January 27, 2014, it was reported that a middle school student allegedly poured bleach into an opposing team Gatorade cooler in South Carolina. A day later on January 28, 2014, it was reported that a cancer painkiller mixed with heroin is being blamed for 22 Pennsylvania deaths, ultimately confirming that a real-life outbreak is underway. Also on January 28, 2014, it was reported that scientists had found the DNA of first-ever bubonic plague and subsequently warned of new outbreaks. A day later on January 29, 2014, Colorado cantaloupe farmers were sentenced to home detention for the 2011 listeria outbreak. Needless to say, state-sponsored bio-terror propaganda is at an all-time high.

IV. IRAN:

4.1: Iranian Double-Agents
Prior to a shadowy nuclear terror plot involving the CIA and Iran, the spy vs. spy narrative must be played up on both sides in order to create a crazy concoction of rabbit holes which can then be exploited at a future date if needed. In other words, like 9/11, the terror plot has to be so messy that the general public cannot figure it out. Aside from the aforementioned December 12, 2013, U.S. Department of Homeland Security memo which stated that Iran was linked to the terror immigration program entitled “EB-5”, it was revealed a day later on December 13, 2013, that Fox News confirmed that the missing American in Iran was working for CIA. Two days later on December 15, 2013, it was reported that Iran had arrested an alleged MI6 spy working for Britain in Iran. Roughly a month later on January 13, 2014, it was revealed that the U.S. attorney’s office had accused a man of trying to ship military documents to Iran. The double-agent-like spy games are coincidentally the subject of the new Tom Clancy film entitled “Jack Ryan: Shadow Recruit” (2014) which was filmed in part in New York City (see trailer) and premiered in the U.S. on January 17, 2014.

4.2: Obama’s “Secret” Nuke Deal with Iran
To create even more rabbit holes in the wake of an Iranian nuclear attack, especially in respect to the Obama administration at home, a “secret” side deal between the U.S. and Iran was allegedly signed. This was first confirmed on January 13, 2014 in an L.A. Times report entitled, “New Iran Agreement Includes Secret Side Deal, Tehran Official Says”. The notion of secrecy was reiterated 3 days later on January 16, 2014, when the Obama administration was accused of keeping text of Iran nuclear deal “secret, potentially insinuating that Obama may be in on the impending Iranian nuclear attack. Roughly 2 weeks later on January 28, 2014, it was reported that the Iran deal is being kept in a “super-secret location. To recap, there is a “secret side deal” between the U.S. and Iran whose “text is secret” and its being kept in a “secret location. The alleged secrets were likely created in order to eventually incite a violent revolution against Obama post-nuke attack.

IRAN-NUCLEAR-DEAL4_2744240b

4.3: Iran’s Nuclear Double-Cross
As the January 10, 2014 “L.A. Times” headlines ominously foreshadowed, “White House Suggests Iran Sanctions Bill could Draw U.S. into War”. This is because the entire media narrative of sanctions against Iran’s nuclear program was fabricated in order to create a motive for the impending nuke attack. This was all but confirmed starting by a number of bi-polar back-and-forth media reports in respect to Iran’s nuclear program. For example, on January 13, 2014, it was reported that White House stated that Iran has started to scale back their nuclear program, a sign that Iran is complying with the agreement. Three days later on January 16, 2014, it was reported that Iran’s top nuclear negotiator stated that the nuclear deal is reversible in one day, insinuating that the deal is not for real. Five days later on January 21, 2014, it was reported that the Israelis are wary over the interim nuclear deal between major powers and Iran, hinting that Iran could ultimately renege on the deal. Four days later on January 24, 2014, an Iranian official stated in respect to the nuclear deal that, “We did not agree to dismantle anything, ultimately confirming that the entire Iranian nuclear deal is a ruse. Needless to say, an Iranian nuclear double-cross is imminent.

4.4. Iran’s Nuclear Bomb
While Iran was attending meetings in Switzerland over its nuclear program, numerous reports were leaked which suggests that Iran already has a nuclear weapon. For example, on January 6, 2014, Fox News reported that an Iranian cleric stated that “Having a nuclear bomb is necessary to put down Israel”, a comment obviously directed at the United States. Roughly 2 weeks later on January 19, 2014, World Net Daily reported that “Iran is “2 to 3 weeks” away from nuclear bomb. A week later on January 26, 2014, it was reported that an Iranian official confirmed that the country sought to build nuclear weapons. Predictably, 3 days later on January 29, 2014, the Times of Israel cited U.S. intelligence sources which found that Iran can now build and deliver nukes. Why Iran would want to attack America is beyond reason because they have nothing to gain. Therefore, an Iranian nuclear attack on America only makes sense when it’s understood that all countries are under the control of international intelligence agencies who routinely play one country off another.

V. NUCLEAR TERROR AFTERMATH:

5.1: MetLife Cyber Attack

The aforementioned double-chain link fence will also encircle the two power stations which feed MetLife Stadium. Aside from the suspicious fact that the stadium has its own power stations, it was revealed on October 25, 2013 that the MetLife conducted a “power test” in preparation for the Super Bowl XLVIII. According to reports, the test of electrical systems was successful except for a “few minor issues”. Reportedly, “other” unnamed tests were conducted, equipment was replaced, equipment was added, and additional “generators” were brought in along with along with extra security to “guard against the possibility of sabotage”. As you may recall during last year’s Super Bowl XLVII, the game suffered a suspicious power outage which NFL star Raw Lewis stated was “no accident”. Therefore, the chance that the game or New York City may be hit with another cyber-terror attack is all but expected. A cyber-terror attack on the electrical power supply will likely come just prior to and/or right after the nuclear detonation. This will obviously draw in viewers from around the world just prior to the nuclear explosion which will be far more vivid against the blackened night sky. Once the nuclear detonation occurs, the explosion will likely set-off a chain reaction that will leave the East Coast of America without power. This particular scenario was recently depicted in the January 14, 2014 Fox News report entitled, “EMPs: How to Detect a Blast that Could Darken the World”. This would leave America and the world wondering whether it was the cyber-attack or the nuclear EMP detonation which knocked America’s electricity out for good.

Meadowlands

5.2: “Xanadu Project”
Although maybe a stretch, there is something very fishy about the “Xanadu Project”, a vacant $3.5 billion building adjacent to MetLife Stadium which is touted “the ugliest damn building in New Jersey”. Whether or not the building will house U.S. military troops, police officers, terrorists, or first aid responders is not known, but the fact that the building was featured in a January 29, 2014 Fox News report entitled “Strange Building near Super Bowl Site a Symbol of Fumbled Opportunity” suggests  that the building may be used for sinister purposes either before, during or after Super Bowl XLVIII.

5.3: NORAD Super Bowl War Game
The Department of Defense has announced that fighter jets from the Continental United States North American Aerospace Defense Command Region (CONR) and North American Aerospace Defense Command (NORAD) will execute a major air defense exercise entitled “Exercise Amalgam Virgo 14-01” just prior to 2014 Super Bowl. As evidenced on 9/11, NORAD drills usually go live and therefore there is the real possibility that in the immediate aftermath of a nuclear detonation in New York City, a number of commercial airliners may be shot out of the sky in order to sell the notion of an EMP (nuclear electromagnetic pulse).

5.4: Nuclear Volcano Attack
In the aftermath of a nuclear attack, it is highly likely that the powerful detonation will be blamed for volcanic eruptions in other parts of the country. This particular notion was highlighted in a December 12, 2013, NY Post report which stated that that there is a “supervolcano” hidden beneath Yellowstone National Park which could theoretically could “wipe out” the U.S. According to a secondary report dated January 6, 2014, these apocalyptic supervolcanoes can suddenly explode ‘with no outside cause’. The notion of spontaneous volcanic combustion was depicted in a January 27, 2014 report which stated that by 2063, all of Europe’s volcanoes will have come to life and erupted, leaving society in ruins. Coincidentally, “Pompeii” (2014) is a film about the devastating nature of volcanoes (see trailer) which is slated to open in theaters across the world starting in February of 2014. Needless to say, in the aftermath of an apocalyptic nuclear attack, a number of other “natural disasters” such as super volcanoes, earthquakes and tsunamis will suddenly and spontaneously start occurring around the world.

5.5: Nuclear Global Warning
In the wake of a nuclear attack, it’s highly likely that so-called nuclear radiation will be blamed for a sudden increase in global temperature. In reality, the current chemtrail program will just be altered so that temperatures will naturally skyrocket. Predictably, it was revealed on January 31, 2014, that former New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg has been nominated by the U.N to be its envoy for climate change. What better way to sell hoax of global warming then to employ the long-time former mayor of New York City while his city is still smoldering from a nuke attack. In keeping with the deception of global warming, the notion that water is now running out across the U.S. has been a recent theme which is certain to grow in the wake of a nuclear attack as the water supplies on the East Coast allegedly get contaminated with radiation.

About the Author

David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2014 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, David Chase Taylor has blown the whistle on over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, exposed the man-made ISON doomsday asteroid hoax, exposed the drone strike on “Fast and Furious” star Paul Walker, and exposed Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-sponsored terror alerts, warning, assertions and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

truther-rss

Nuclear-Threats-from-North-Korea

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: Less than 48 hours after this Truther.org report was published, NBA legend Dennis Rodman, who had just arrived in North Korea on December 19, 2013 to bring global attention to North Korea and the NBA prior to an unprecedented nuclear EMP terror attack, inexplicably left the country on Monday, December 23, 2013, without even saying if he met Kim Jong Un, the sole purpose of his journey. The sudden departure by Rodman confirms that the North Korea/NBA nuclear EMP terror plot has officially been foiled.

David Chase Taylor
December 21, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that the allegedly rogue nation of North Korea will launch a nuclear EMP missile strike against the United States in the very near future. Due to limited technology, the North Korean missile will predictably explode mid-air somewhere over the West Coast of the United States (i.e., Washington, Oregon or California) causing a burst of electromagnetic radiationthat will permanently disable the U.S. electrical grid.

Download & Forward PDF

The notion that North Korea is developing long-range nuclear EMP missiles has been well documented as of late. Starting on September 23, 2013, it was reported that a U.S.-based think-tank discovered that North Korea has been testing a long-range rocket engine. Roughly 6 weeks later on November 5, 2013, it was revealed that North Korea is developing ‘electromagnetic pulse weapons’. Three weeks later on November 26, 2013, it was reported that Iran and North Korea are secretly developing long-range rocket boosters for nuclear ICBM missiles. 48 hours later on November 28, 2013, it was reported that North Korea has restarted its nuclear reactor, an ominous sign indeed. Needless to say, a nuclear EMP missile strike emanating out of North Korea is imminent.

“We do not hide that we will launch a series of satellites and long-range rockets and carry out nuclear tests in the next higher level new phase of the struggle against the United States, the sworn enemy of the Korean people.”

—National Defense Commission of North Korea

Although a North Korean nuclear EMP missile strike could transpire at any time, it will most likely occur on Christmas Day, December 25, 2013, when two of the NBA’s elite teams—the Los Angeles Lakers and Miami Heat—will be showcased “live” on national television at 5:00 PM (EST). This is likely why NBA legend Dennis Rodman has visited North Korea twice, and is still there at the time of publishing (12/21/2013). Due to the fact that Christmas is a national holiday and no other sporting events will be available to watch, the game will likely have a very large television audience as well as an aerial blimp to document the nuclear event.

As first revealed in the March 31, 2013 Truther.org report entitled “North Korea’s False-Flag Bio-Terror Attack Plan Revealed”, international intelligence agencies have been planning a North Korean attack on the U.S. for some time now. Since the North Korean bio-terror attack was ultimately foiled, a nuclear attack is the next logical step.

In a move which shows the duplicity of the U.S. government, it was revealed on December 16, 2013, that hundreds (possibly thousands) of armored tanks and trucks are being moved to the West Coast by train (see video). In the aftermath of a successful nuclear EMP strike, martial law will surly result as most of America would be without electricity. Therefore, the U.S. military hardware needs to arrive at its destination on the West Coast prior to the attack actually taking place.

I. THE SET-UP:

nkorea20n-2-web

1.1: North Korean Threats & Warnings
Prior to an unprovoked attack against the U.S. emanating out of North Korea, the American public must be psychologically programmed by intelligence agencies through various media reports and staged events to accept that North Korea is in fact a legitimate threat. As evidenced, threats and warnings by the North Koran government are increasing in tone and will likely culminate in a North Korean nuclear EMP-like attack on the U.S. 

Vague Threats & Warnings:

1. February 23, 2013: North Korea warns US to cancel South Korea drills
2. March 19, 2013: North Korea has White House, U.S. Capitol in its sights in new propaganda video
3. March 28, 2013:
U.S. officials concerned over North Korea’s ‘ratcheting up of rhetoric’
4. March 28, 2013: North Korea orders rockets on standby to hit US bases
5. March 29, 2013: North Korea: ‘outbreak of war hours away’ as Kim Jong-un plans US strike
6. April 4, 2013: North Korea Warns U.S. It’s Authorized Nuclear Attack
7. October 12, 2013: North Korea warns of ‘all-out war’ as it refuses to sign pact with US

Kim Jong-un Under Western Mind Control
Shortly after the mysterious death of
North Korean President Kim Jong-il on August 24, 2012, his son, Kim Jong-un was placed into “power”. Since then, Jong-un has been routinely portrayed in the media as being mentally unstable, highly insecure, and willing to attack anyone at a moment’s notice. Not surprisingly, Kim Jong-un exhibits all the telltale signs of being brainwashed and under state-sponsored mind-control. Jong-un was reportedly spotted with his “handler” on numerous occasions while attending a “private school” in Switzerland. According to Wikipedia, “mind control” was first developed in Korea during the Korean War and involves a process in which a group or individual “systematically uses unethically manipulative methods to persuade others to conform to the wishes of the manipulator(s), often to the detriment of the person being manipulated”.

U.N. Security Council Resolution against North Korea
Prior to North Korea conducting an unprecedented and horrific nuclear attack on the U.S., the country must be demonized publically in order to give the perception that North Korea is a lone-wolf lashing out against the world. On top of the 8 Security Council Resolutions leveled by the United Nations against North Korea, the country has also suffered
numerous economic sanctions and regulations from nations around the world. Interestingly, of the 8 current U.N. resolutions against North Korea, 7 of them are in respect to nuclear weapons, ultimately giving well needed plausible deniability to U.N. and government officials in the aftermath of a North Korean nuclear EMP missile attack. By focusing UN sanction almost solely on North Korea’s nuclear program, a nuclear missile strike emanating out of North Korea is all but expected.

History of UNSC Resolutions against North Korea:

1. May 11, 1993:UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 0825/1993 (Nuclear)
2. April 28, 2004:
UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 1540/2004 (WMD)
3. July 15, 2006:
UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 1695/2006 (Ballistic Missiles)
4. October 14, 2006:
UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 1718/2006 (Nuclear)
5. June 12, 2009:
UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 1874/2009 (Nuclear)
6. June 10, 2011:
UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 1985/2011(Nuclear)
7. January 23, 2013:
UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 2087/2013 (Nuclear, WMD, Ballistic Missiles)
8. March 7, 2013:
UNSC Resolution: UNSCR 2094/2013 (Nuclear)

UN in North Korea
In order to ensure that a North Korean nuclear missile actually strikes the United States, it was revealed on December 11, 2013, that the United Nations Development Program (UNDP) has reopened their office in North Korea
. According to reports, the UN office was closed after it handed over “dual-use” technology to the communist regime. As with many intelligence propaganda reports, the opposite of what is being reported is actually true. In this case, it’s far more likely that the UNDP is never stopped providing “duel use” technology to North Korea.  The fact that UN is welcome in North Korea despite levying at least 8 sanctions against country shows that the entire notion that North Korea is a rogue nation is laughable on its face.

II. A NUCLEAR NORTH KOREA
:

4AsanNKorea

2.1: North Korean Nuclear Tests
As evidenced, North Korea has continued nuclear testing, regardless of the sanctions imposed by the United Nations. With each passing nuclear test, the respective yield of the test jumps considerably higher. Therefore, the 4th nuclear test (or the 1st nuclear attack) by North Korea should yield somewhere in the neighborhood of 25-40 kilotons of TNT, an amount on par with Pakistan’s nuclear program. According to physicists who testified before a United States Congressional hearing on October 7, 1999, nuclear weapons with yields of 10 kilotons or less can produce a large EMP.

North Korean Nuclear Test Timeline:

1. October 9, 2006: 1st Nuclear Test: Device: Fission: Type: Underground: Yield: 0.5 kilotons of TNT
2. May 25, 2009:
2nd Nuclear Test: Device: Fission: Type: Underground: Yield: 2.35 kilotons of TNT
3. February 12, 2013:
3rd Nuclear Test: Device: Fission: Type: Underground: Yield: 6-9 kilotons of TNT

2.2: North Korean Nuclear Terror Trending

Prior to a high-profile nuclear missile strike emanating out of North Korea, the American public must be psychologically programmed by intelligence agencies through various media reports and staged events to accept that this is in fact possible. As evidenced, headlines in respect to North Korea’s nuclear program are at an all-time high. Whether or not these headlines will culminate in an unprecedented North Korean nuclear missile strike is not known, but the precedent has definitely been set.

Nuclear Headlines:

1. February 12, 2013:
N. Korea conducts 3rd nuclear test, warns more ‘measures’ may come
2. March 10, 2013: North Korea: ‘If the US has nuclear weapons, why can’t we?’
3. April 2, 2013:
North Korea vows to restart nuke plant after U.S. sends destroyer to region
4. April 4, 2013:
North Korea Warns U.S. It’s Authorized Nuclear Attack
5. April 5, 2013:
U.S. deploys battalion expert in nuclear and chemical warfare off coast of North Korea
6. April 12, 2013: North Korea can mount nuclear warheads on missiles?
7. August 6, 2013:
North Korea expanding nuclear plant, US institute says
8. September 11, 2013:
Report: N. Korea may be restarting plutonium reactor
9. October 2, 2013:US, South Korea agree to work more on deterring North Korea nuclear threats
10. November 26, 2013: Iran, North Korea Secretly Developing Long-Range Rocket Booster for ICBMs
11. November 28, 2013:
North Korea ‘restarts’ nuclear reactor, atomic watchdog warns

2.3: North Korea-Cuba Scandal

In the event that North Korea strikes the U.S. with a nuclear missile, Cuba will likely play the role of middle-man in the quest for highly enriched uranium. This narrative began to form on July 16, 2013, it was reported that Panama had stopped a North Korean ship carrying missile material from Cuba. A day later on July 17, 2013, it was reported that a second North Korean ship had made a Cuba run back in 2012. 24 hours later on July 18, 2013, a third report revealed that North Korea stated that the ship in question only carried a legal load of arms, possibly a premeditated lie to hide the true nature of the voyage. Roughly a month later on August 14, 2013, it was reported that Fidel Castro stated that North Korea had provided Cuba with free weapons in the 1980s. Although most if not all the aforementioned reports were completely fabricated, they were released in a coordinated manner to show that North Korea does in fact have an active missile program and is currently seeking weapons on the open market. As witnessed during the nuclear Cuban Missile Crisis, Cuba has been cozy with Russian and therefore may have access to highly enriched uranium needed for a North Korean nuclear bomb.

III. NORTH KOREA’S MISSILE PROGRAM:

130411184420-tsr-lawrence-north-korea-missiles-nuclear-capable-00002010-story-top

3.1: North Korea Missile Terror Trending
Missile and rockets tests by North Korea are increasing in regularity and well as distance. If the latest propaganda reports are to be believed, North Korea now has the capability to launch missiles into outer space as well as strike America. The notion of an impending North Korean missile strike was front and center in what is now being called the “2013 Korean Crisis”. The fabricated crisis escalated as quickly as it dissipated but set the precedent for an impending North Korean missile strike.

Missile & Rocket Timeline:

1. May 29-30, 1993: 1st Missile Test: Result: Success: Type: Rodong-1/Nodong-1
2. August 31, 1998:
2nd Missile Test: Result: Success: Type: Taepodong-1
3. March 10, 2003:
3rd Missile Test: Result: Unknown: Type: Unknown
4. October, 2003:
4th Missile Test: Result: Unknown: Type: Unknown
5. May 2005:
5th Missile Test: Result: Unknown: Type: Unknown
6. March 8, 2006:
6th Missile Test: Result: Unknown: Type: Unknown
7. July 5, 2006:
7th Missile Test: Result: Fail: Type: Taepodong-2
8. April 5, 2009:
1st Rocket Test: Result: Success: Type: Unha-2
9. May 26, 2009:
8th Missile Test: Result: Unknown: Type: Unknown
10. July 4, 2009:
9th Missile Test: Result: Success: Type: Scud
11. December 19, 2011:
10th Missile Test: Result: Unknown: Type: Unknown
12. January 11, 2012:
11th Missile Test: Result: Unknown: Type: Unknown
13. April 12/16, 2012:
2nd Rocket Test: Result: Fail: Type: Unha-3
14. October 9, 2012: Isolated North Korea Says Its Rockets Can Hit U.S. Mainland
15. November 28, 2012:
Inside the Ring: North Korean Missile Launch Set
16. December 5, 2012:
Report: North Korea Could Launch Rocket by Next Week
17. December 7, 2012:
World on Edge Ahead of N. Korea’s Pending Satellite Launch
18. December 11, 2012:
North Korea Fires A Long-Range Rocket
19. December 12, 2012:
North Korean Rocket Launch Signaling Real-Life ‘Red Dawn’?
20. December 12, 2012:
North Korea rocket launch: timeline of nuclear and missile programmes
21. December 23, 2012:
North Korea ‘Has Ability To Fire A Rocket That Could Hit The United States’
22. January 30, 2013:
South Korea Launches Satellite-Carrying Rocket
23. February 5, 2013:
North Korea Video Shows New York In Ruins after Missile Attack
24. March 15, 2013: US to boost missile defense against North Korea
25. March 16, 2013:
North Korea Test-Fired 2 Short-Range Missiles During US-SKorean Drills
26. March 29, 2013: North Korea says it is ready to launch strike against US bases

27. April 3, 2013:
U.S. sending defensive missiles to Guam
28. April 5, 2013:
South Korean Destroyers Watch for Possible North Korean Missile Launch
29. April 6, 2013:
US Reinforcing Pacific Defenses to Counter North Korean Missile Threats
30. April 6, 2013: N Korea loads missiles onto launchers, tells Russia, Britain to evacuate embassies
31. April 9, 2013:
North Korea urges foreigners to leave South Korea ahead of possible missile strike
32. April 9, 2013:
Japanese PAC-3 batteries deployed as North Korea threatens missile launch
33. April 10, 2013:
False alarm on the North Korean missile launch prompts panic in Japan
34. April 10, 2013:
North Korea: US ‘ready to intercept up to THREE missiles’
35. April 10, 2013: North Korea fuels ballistic missile, ready for launch
36. April 12, 2013:
North Korea can mount nuclear warheads on missiles?
37. April 12, 2013:
Japan vows response to ‘any scenario’ after nuclear threat from North Korea
38. April 14, 2013:
Should the U.S. shoot down North Korean missile?
39
. April 16, 2012: US Officials Warn Failed North Korea Missile Launch Paves Way For Future Tests
40. April 20, 2013: North Korea moves two more missile launchers: report
41. May 7, 2013: North Korea withdraws missiles from launch site
42. May 18, 2013: N. Korea launches three short-range guided missiles: defense ministry
43. May 19, 2013: N Korea again fires short-range missile
44. May 20, 2013: North Korea fires sixth missile in three days

45. July 23, 2013: Images show construction halt at North Korean missile launch site
46. September 23, 2013:
N. Korea tests long-range rocket engine: US think-tank
47. November 26, 2013:
Iran, North Korea Secretly Developing Long-Range Rocket Booster for ICBMs

3.2: Missile Terror Trending
Prior to a high-profile North Korean nuclear missile strike, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Aside from the aforementioned North Korean missile headlines and event, starting in July of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of missile-related headlines which indicates that missile-related terror is imminent.

Missile Headlines:

1. July 6, 2013: Missile designed to intercept nukes fails weapon test
2. July 26, 2013:
Don’t Be Alarmed by the Drone Blimps They’re here to Stop Cruise Missiles
3. August 13, 2013:
US Air Force unit operating nuclear missiles fails safety and security inspection
4. August 25, 2013:
Military removes nuclear weapons unit commander; decision follows security failure
5. September 15, 2013:
India conducts 2nd test flight of its nuclear- capable ‘Agni-V’ long-range ballistic
6. September 23, 2013:
N. Korea tests long-range rocket engine: US think-tank
7. September 22, 2013:
US Air Force test-launches intercontinental missile from California coast
8. October 16, 2013:
Inside the Ring: Russia to test new missile
9. October 24, 2013:
Missile doors left open while Air Force nuclear officer slept
10. November 7, 2013: China Deploys New Bomber with Long-Range Land Attack Missile
11. November 17, 2013:
Russia starts ambitious super-heavy space rocket project
12. November 26, 2013:
Iran, North Korea Secretly Developing Long-Range Rocket Booster for ICBMs
13. November 27, 2013:
Iran Announces Development of Ballistic Missile Technology
14. December 17, 2013:
Russia plans new ICBM to replace Cold War ‘Satan’ missile
15. December 17, 2013:
Iran Reveals New Details of Shoulder-Fired Missiles
16. December 17, 2013:
Minuteman 3 test missile launches from central California coast
17. December 18, 2013:
Russia Plans Rail-Mounted Missiles to Counter US Global Strike Program
18. December 18, 2013:
Bombshell find: Couple discovers military rocket in new apartment
19. December 19, 2013:
American anti-missile system more about attack than defense

[Does not purport to a complete list of headlines or events]

IV: NORTH KOREA PROPAGANDA:

GetFile.aspx

4.1: NBA Publicity Stunt
In order to bring unprecedented global attention to the country North Korea just prior to their first nuclear missile strike, it was reported on September 3, 2013, that NBA legend Dennis Rodman will make his return visit to North Korea in December. A few months later on November 22, 2013, it was reported that Rodman will hold an exhibition basketball game while in North Korea. As of December 19, 2013, Rodman returned to North Korea to meet with his so-called friend Kim Jong-un. A day later on December 20, 2013, Rodman reportedly received a chilling open letter from an ex-North Korean prisoner. Evidently, the entire Rodman-North Korea saga is an elaborate publicity stunt to raise the profile of North Korea prior to an international nuclear crisis. Although a North Korean nuclear EMP missile strike could come at any time, it will most likely occur on Christmas Day, December 25, 2013, when two of the NBA’s elite teams—the Los Angeles Lakers and Miami Heat—will be showcased “live” on national television at 5:00 PM (EST). This is likely why NBA legend Dennis Rodman has been to North Korea twice and is still there at the time of publishing. Due to the fact that Christmas is a national holiday and no other sports will be available to watch, the game will likely have a very large audience and an aerial blimp to document the event.

4.2: Shock Headlines Trending
Aside from the NBA publicity stunt, there have been an unprecedented amount of shock headlines in respect to North Korea which have been disseminated globally in 2013. Although they very in nature, the majority of them were released to show the brutal nature of the regime just prior to an unprovoked nuclear attack on the United States.

Shock Headlines:

1. March 29, 2013:
North Korea declares ‘state of war’ with South
2. April 1, 2013:
U.S. deploys stealth fighter jets to South Korea
3. April 19, 2013:
Pre-teen North Koreans trained as soldiers
4. August 30, 2013:
Kim Jong-un’s Ex-Girlfriend ‘Shot by Firing Squad’
5. September 16, 2013:
SKorean soldiers shoot man believed to be trying to sneak into NKorea
6. November 6, 2013: American missionary’s health failing as he marks one year in North Korean custody
7. November 7, 2013: North Korea says it has arrested South Korean spy in Pyongyang
8. November 12, 2013: Public Mass Executions Carried Out in Seven North Korean Cities
9. November 20, 2013: DEA: Arrests of 5 men show growth of North Korean meth production
10. November 21, 2013: Son says North Korea detains 85-year-old Korean War vet
11. November 21, 2013: North Korea Threatens to Attack South Korean Presidential Compound

12. November 30, 2013: N. Korea releases ‘written apology’ of US war veteran detained for ‘espionage’
13. December 3, 2013: U.S. vet detained in N. Korea oversaw guerrilla group

14. December 5, 2013: Satellite images reveal scale of North Korea prison camps, group says
15. December 11, 2013: UN opens in North Korea four years after office closed
16. December 12, 2013: North Korea executes Kim Jong-un’s powerful uncle over ‘treason’
17. December 13, 2013: Most bizarre things being reported about North Korea
18. December 13, 2013: More purges could follow North Korea execution of Kim’s uncle
19. December 14, 2013: The women behind the throne in North Korea’s ‘empire of horror’
20. December 20, 2013: North Korea threatens to strike South ‘without notice,’ sends warning via fax


V. EMP ATTACK:

emp-blast-effects1

5.1: What is an EMP?
An Nuclear EMP is a burst of electromagnetic radiation which usually results from a high energy nuclear explosion that suddenly fluctuates the magnetic field. Theoretically, an EMP could wipe out everything electronic (planes, trains, cars, computers, internet, etc.) in a flash. EMP terror has gained popularity of late and has been featured in movies such as “The Matrix” and television shows such as “24” and the #1 show on NBC entitled “Revolution”, which eerily features a post-EMP America with no electricity. Aside from the Hollywood EMP propaganda, there has been recent EMP terror legislation by the U.S. congress, a number of EMP terror conferences, and EMP terror scholarly whitepapers which have all been preparing local, state and federal officials for an upcoming EMP terror attack on America. Based on the 12 major power outages in 2012 alone, it appears that the U.S. government is programming the public for the permanent loss of electricity. Coincidentally, in September of 2012, Alex Jones of Infowars released a new magazine which indicates that the STRATFOR intelligence operation known as Infowars knows that the internet is about to expire and have planned ahead by launching a new propaganda magazine. In the propaganda film entitled “Red Dawn” (2012), (See: Trailer) a group of American youth out partying after a football game, suddenly find themselves in the middle of a major blackout, likely from an EMP attack.

gridex_banner

5.2: “GridEx II” Power Grid Drill
Considering that on November 13-15, 2013, a massive power grid terror drill entitled “GridEx II” was executed on the East Coast of America, there is a real possibility that a massive EMP-like nuclear attack could turn the lights out on America for good. According to the August 16, 2013, a New York Times report entitled “As Worries Over The Power Grid Rise, A Drill Will Simulate A Knockout Blow” was published which stated that “the electric grid, as government and private experts describe it, is the glass jaw of American industry. If an adversary lands a knockout blow, they fear, it could black out vast areas of the continent for weeks; interrupt supplies of water, gasoline, diesel fuel and fresh food; shut down communications; and create disruptions of a scale that was only hinted at by Hurricane Sandy and the attacks of Sept. 11”. According to the report, “Thousands of utility workers, business executives, National Guard officers, F.B.I. antiterrorism experts and officials from government agencies in the United States, Canada and Mexico are preparing for an emergency drill in November that will simulate physical attacks and cyber-attacks that could take down large sections of the power grid. They will practice for a crisis unlike anything the real grid has ever seen, and more than 150 companies and organizations have signed up to participate.”

5.3: Blackout Déjà Vu
If and when a major cyber-terror attack occurs, it will most likely involve a lengthy blackout of the electrical grid. Predictably, it was reported on April 26, 2013, that the former CIA Director stated that the U.S. electrical grid is vulnerable to attack. On November 1, 2012, just days prior to the 2012 Presidential Election, Hurricane Sandy allegedly cut off electricity to roughly 600,000 customers, including the New York skyline. Roughly 3 months later on February 3, 2013, Super Bowl XLVII was blackout for 34 minutes due to an alleged power outage. Interestingly, on September 1, 2013, former NFL star Ray Lewis had stated that the Super Bowl blackout was conspiracy against the Baltimore Ravens, his former team. Regardless of the alleged cause, there is a concerted effort to turn the lights off in America for good. One way to achieve this would be to execute a North Korean EMP attack on Christmas day.

About the Author

David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE: Adding to growing skepticism over whether nuclear weapons even exist, it was reported on December 19, 2013, that the U.S. federal government spent $3.1 billion on an alleged highway tunnel underneath the city of Seattle using a 5-story high mechanical drill entitled “Bertha”. Coincidentally, “Bertha” tunneled almost exactly adjacent to the Space Needle before running into “the object” which has postponed the supposed tunnel project indefinitely. Seattle nuclear terror plot exposed and drilling stops? Evidently, the tunnel was bored to funnel tons of explosives into downtown Seattle where it would eventually send the flying saucer that is the Space Needle hundreds of miles away. This same type of scenario is was witnessed in the foiled Super Bowl XLV Terror Plot in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011 when a brand new stadium was built specifically for the Super Bowl. Like Seattle, Dallas has Reunion Tower whose Space Needle-like top would have been blown away by the supposed nuclear bomb.

David Chase Taylor
December 20, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — In the very near future, the Chinese military will launch an unprovoked wave of attacks—starting with the islands of Japan and Hawaii and ending with twin nuclear detonations in the U.S. cities of San Francisco, California and Seattle, Washington.

The Chinese will start their attacks in the East and make their way West with the use of a radar cloaking technology which will render their drones, planes, ships and submarines invisible to U.S. military defense systems. Once in the clear, Chinese subs will likely launch a pair of unmanned drones which will be outfitted to carry nuclear warheads to their respective targets.

Download & Forward PDF

The notion of a Chinese nuclear attack on the United States was openly flaunted on October 31, 2013, when the Chinese government released a nuclear blast map projection for the U.S. cities of Seattle and Los Angeles, after they were struck by Chinese nuclear warheads (see photo below). A few weeks later on December 17, 2013, a Chinese rover diorama showed Europe being nuked, another ominous sign that a Chinese nuclear strike against the West is imminent.

In a move which shows the duplicity of the U.S. government, on December 16, 2013, it was revealed that hundreds (possibly thousands) of armored tanks and trucks are being moved to the West Coast by train (see video). In the aftermath of nuclear attacks in Seattle and San Francisco, a martial law scenario would surly result and therefore U.S. military hardware needs to be on hand prior to the event transpiring in reality.  

In order for a nuclear attack to be the most psychologically terrifying, an iconic American landmark must be destroyed (i.e., the Twin Towers on 9/11) in the attack in order to serve as a life-long reminder of that horrific day. Therefore, the cities of Seattle and San Francisco have been chosen due to their storied landmarks (see below). In order to bring unprecedented attention to Hawaii and the Pacific theater just prior to a Chinese attack, President Obama left for a 17-day Hawaiian vacation on December 20, 2013.

Chines Targets (East to West):

1. Japan (Okinawa, Japan, and Iwo Jima, Japan)
2. Hawaii (
Joint Base Pearl Harbor-Hickman)
3. Seattle, Washington (
Space Needle)
4. San Francisco, California (
Golden Gate Bridge)

Aside from the fact that China openly called for the world to be “de-Americanised” on October 13, 2013, it was revealed a month later on December 12, 2013, that a group of U.S. defense analysts told a prominent House subcommittee that the U.S. military needs a more focused war plan specific to China, especially after China’s declaration of an air defense zone over the East China Sea. A week after this shocking revelation, Chinese hackers reportedly crashed Federal Election Commission website on December 19, 2013, a direct attack on the U.S. and its democratic form of government.

As revealed in previous Truther.org reports (e.g., Red Dawn Scenario: Chinese Attack On America Imminent” and “Chinese “Kamikaze” Done Attack On Pearl Harbor Hawaii Imminent”), international intelligence agencies have attempted  to spark a “doomsday” nuclear conflict between the U.S. and China on multiple occasions. Evidently, they won’t give up until World War III has commenced. This is the second Chinese nuclear terror attack plot which has been identified in 2013. Back on July 30, 2013, a Truther.org report entitled, “Live TV” Cyber-Hijack with “Live” Nuclear Detonation Now Trending”, exposed a nuclear terror plot in which China was slated to hijack the world’s television airwaves just prior to surprise nuclear attacks on the U.S. cities of San Francisco and Seattle. Although this particular nuclear terror plot was canceled due to unwanted media attention, it appears that a redux is now in order.

Live TV Nuke

The notion of an impending “doomsday” was recently highlighted on November 26, 2013, when it was revealed that U.S. spies are worried over the “doomsday” cache stashed by ex-NSA contractor Snowden. As evidenced herein (see below), Snowden is the slated to be scapegoated for the upcoming lapse in U.S. security that will allow for a Chinese attack on America. Roughly a month later on December 18, 2013, the so-called “Doomsday Minister” Harold Camping died at the age of 92. Mr. Camping, an obvious intelligence plant, predicted an American “doomsday” on May 21, 2011, roughly 90 days after the now foiled state-sponsored nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011.

In the aftermath of nuclear detonations in Seattle and San Francisco, the Yellowstone (Caldera) Volcano in Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, will predictably erupt. Based on recent headlines (e.g., April 17, 2013: Yellowstone’s Volcano Bigger Than Thought; December 12, 2013: Beneath Yellowstone, a volcano that could wipe out U.S.; and December 18, 2013: Huge Magma Pocket Lurks Beneath Yellowstone Supervolcano), the volcano is quite massive and a major threat to America.

Once the Yellowstone Caldera erupts, the entire West Coast will likely become inundated with a heavy smog. The horrific smog which recently engulfed Singapore was apparently a beta-test for an upcoming nuclear detonation and subsequent fallout in America. A major beta-test was needed to see how people would respond to a massive smog-like change to their environment. Unfortunately, Singapore was the chosen city. 

Although the smog will be blamed on nuclear fallout and volcanic ash, the source of the deadly smog will most definitely come from heavy-duty chemtrails delivered by aerial drones 24/7. Coincidentally, on December 13, 2013, the long awaited film entitledThe Hobbit: The Desolation of Smaug” (2013) opened in theaters nationwide. Hollywood’s psychological programming never disappoints. Four days later on December 17, 2013, it was reported that a Chinese hospital opened a smog clinic, a potential preview of things to come.

I. THE SET-UP:

1.1: Chinese Military Drills
Prior to a full-scale war in the Pacific theater between Australia, China, Japan and the U.S., the respective militaries of these countries must exercise and drill the various war scenarios that they will eventually be engaged in. As evidenced, there has been an unprecedented amount of drills on all sides, especially in respect to China. Interestingly, China has executed drills in both Hawaii and California. In the aftermath of a surprise attack on the U.S. by China, these drills, sanctioned by Obama, will be cited as a primary cause for the invasion. It will likely be said that during these drills, the Chinese gathered the necessary information needed for an invasion.

Pacific Theater War Drills:


1. February 7, 2013:
US, Japan, Australia Conduct Military Drills Over Pacific
2. April 5, 2013:
Japan Will Join US Military Drill In California In June
3. June 9, 2013:
Japan Sending Soldiers to US for First Time Amid Tensions with China
4. June 21, 2013:
US, Japan Begin Naval Drills Near China
5. June 27, 2013:
US-Japan War Games Off The California Coast Imitate Chinese Invasion
6. July 2, 2013: China to join Russia for largest naval drills with foreign partner
7. September 6, 2013:
Chinese Military Ships Visit Hawaii for Joint Exercises with US

8. September 26, 2013:
Russia, China Hold Large-Scale War Games
9. November 6, 2013: U.S. commander says disaster relief drill with China improves relationship
10. November 14, 2013: Communist Chinese Troops on U.S. Soil for “Exchange” Mission
11. December 9, 2013: China holds war games near Korean border

[Does not purport to be a complete list of war drill and exercises]

1.2: The Air Defense Zone
In order to highlight the U.S.-China rift just prior to the start of World War III, it was revealed on November 26, 2013, that U.S. B-52 bombers snubbed China’s new air defense zone during a flyover of the disputed Japanese islands. Two days later on November 28, 2013, China reportedly patrolled the Air Zone over the disputed islands. Two days after that on November 30, 2013, U.S. airlines were publically advised to comply with China’s new defense zone. Although the airlines complied, on December 6, 2013, the U.S. officially refused to recognize new Chinese air defense zone, an obvious ploy to enrage China. Chiming in on December 3, 2013, was Vice President Joe Biden who stated that China’s air zone raises risk of accidents and miscalculations. Whether or not an “accident” or “miscalculation” will lead to world war is not yet known, but the entire Air Defense Zone is a military ploy which was specifically designed to spark an international conflict (i.e., Remember the Maine incident and the Gulf of Tonkin incident, etc.) between the U.S. and China.

1.3: The Ship Incidents
Aside from the aforementioned “Air Defense Zone”, it was reported on December 13, 2013, that a Chinese naval vessel tried to force a U.S. Warship to stop in international waters. Three day later on December 16, 2013, another incident occurred when China’s state media blamed the U.S. for a near collision of two warships. A Christian Science Monitor think-tank report dated December 18, 2013, entitled “Is China’s near miss with US ship the start of a new pattern?” highlights the notion that these type of incidents will only intensify. Predictably, on December 19, 2013, it was revealed that the U.S. has determined that China was ‘irresponsible’ in stand-off at sea. U.S. vs. China ship incidents in the Pacific will likely escalate in a tit-for-tat manner until they spark a nuclear war—exactly what they are designed to do.

1.4: Chinese Tech Advances
Prior to China doing the unthinkable—attacking the United States of America—the Chinese must appear technologically capable of pulling off a “stealth” attack. After all, the Chinese military has to travel roughly 5,396 miles without being seen. Recent reports in respect to China’s alleged scientific advancements indicates that Chinese may have the technical knowhow to attack America. For example, on December 14, 2013, it was reported that China became just the third country to land on moon. Five days later on December 19, 2013m it was reported that China built its fourth Antarctic research base, again showing that China is advancing on all fronts. Regardless of whether the aforementioned reports are actually true, they were disseminated in order to show Chinese is smart enough to execute a stealth attack on America.

1.5: The “Invisibility Cloak
In order for the Chinese to pull off a “stealth” attack on America, they will have to, at least theoretically speaking, employ some sort of technology which renders America’s defenses useless. Coincidentally, November 12, 2013, it was reported that the University of Toronto demonstrated an active invisibility cloak for the first time. Predictably, less than a month later on December 9, 2013, it was revealed that Chinese scientists are upbeat on development of invisibility cloak that would, in theory, allow the Chinese military to hide objects from view and make them “disappear”. In other words, if and when the Chinese attack America, they will do so due to superior technology which in will in essence have allowed their military equipment to become invisible to American defense systems (e.g., radar, satellites, sonar, etc.). Even worse, on November 19, 2013, it was reported that retired U.S. Navy Capt. Mark Hagerott cited recent reports about sonic computer viruses as one way that hackers could “jump the air gap” and target systems that are not connected to the Internet. In other words, these so called Chinese viruses could attack U.S. military defense systems not connected to the internet, essentially rendering them useless.

1.6: Nuclear Submarine Attack?

Although a direct nuclear missile strike via a Chinese nuclear submarine is always possible, it’s far more likely that a nuclear strike will come from a drone launched from by a submarine. Coincidentally, on October 31, 2013, it was reported that Chinese nuclear submarines are capable of widespread attack on U.S., namely, the cities of Seattle and Los Angeles. Roughly a month later on December 2, 2013, it was reported that a World War II era Japanese mega-submarine was discovered off Hawaii, ultimately rehashing a surprise attack (possibly submarine) on the U.S. from an Asian country. Four days later on December 5, 2013, the U.S. Navy launched a drone from a submerged submarine, ultimately verifying that that a nuclear drone strike from a submerged submarine is at least theoretically possible.

china-military-drone-stealth-russia.si

1.7: China’s “Stealth” Drones
If and when Chinese drones execute nuclear strikes against American cities, the drones will have to be stealth drones in order to circumvent U.S. aerial defense systems. Another possibility is that the Chinese may cyber-hijack (commandeer) U.S. drones and arm them with Chinese-made nuclear weapons in order to get them past U.S. defense systems. Based on the following reports, both drone scenarios are possible, at least theoretically speaking. On March 11, 2013, Easton and L.C. Russell Hsiao, researchers at the
Project 2049 Institute, stated that “The PLA [China] now fields one of the world’s most expansive UAV [unmanned aerial vehicle] fleets” and that China could consider “plausibly deniable” drone attacks blamed upon mechanical failure or cyberhackers. The drones could act as decoys, use electronic warfare to jam communications and radar, guide missile strikes on carriers, fire missiles at U.S. Navy ships or dive into ships like kamikaze robots. Project 2049 went on to state that China is developing drones such as the rumored “Dark Sword” stealth drone that have low radar profiles to escape radar detection and that Chinese engineers have even begun working on drones that have the software brains to fly in formation, do aerial refueling and takeoff and land autonomously. The report cautions the U.S. military to prepare for the worst-case scenario by hardening its existing air bases in Asia. On March 13, 2013, it was reported that China is building one of the world’s largest drone fleets aimed at attacking the United States in the event of a war. As of November 22, 2013, it was reported that China’s first stealth combat drone has taken its maiden flight.

1.8: U.S. Navy Corrupt
Prior to an unprecedented attack by China against U.S. Navy installations in the Pacific, high-ranking members of the U.S. Navy must appear inept, incapable and downright corrupt. That way, in the aftermath of the attack, one or more of these Navy admirals or commanders can be publically scapegoated for the attacks. Case in point: On November 4, 2013, it was reported that a Navy commander accepted prostitutes and Lady Gaga tickets in bribes; On November 9, 2013, it was reported that U.S. Navy admirals under investigation in widening bribery scandal
; On November 28, 2013, it was reported that the Navy suspended business with defense contractor Inchcape Shipping Services over “questionable business integrity”; and on December 6, 2013, it was reported that a U.S. intelligence adviser resigns after work with Chinese firm revealed. Needless to say, these events (of which there are likely more) were orchestrated in order to show that U.S. Navy personal are bribable and corrupt and therefore are susceptible to selling secrets and/or shirking their military duties.

1.9: U.S. Military Vulnerable to Attack
Prior to an unabated attack by China against U.S. military bases in the Pacific (i.e.,
Okinawa, Japan, Iwo Jima, Japan, and Pearl Harbor, Hawaii), the public must first be led to believe through propaganda and alleged whistleblowers that U.S. military equipment and weapons systems are vulnerable to Chinese cyber-related espionage. That way, in the aftermath of a Chinese invasion whereby U.S. defense systems such as missiles, planes and radars are suddenly rendered useless, the narrative of a Chinese cyber-attack can be floated to the American public and military as the reason for the deadly attack which will surely take America to war. If the following reports are to be believed, Chinese hackers have gained access to U.S. weapons secrets, stole blueprints from Australia’s intelligence agency, stole a number of the latest U.S. weapons, hacked the NSA chairman’s accounts, targeted U.S. missile systems, hacked the Obama campaign, and hacked the head of the Nuclear Security Agency.

Chinese Espionage Headlines:

1. March 29, 2013:
Report: China Gained U.S. Weapons Secrets Using Cyberespionage (CNN)
2. May 27, 2013:
Chinese Hackers Steal Australian Security Intelligence Blueprints (News.com)
3. May 28, 2013:
Pentagon: The Chinese Stole Our Newest Weapons (RT)
4. May 28, 2013:
Chinese Infiltrated Top U.S. Weapons Systems, Confidential Report Claims (Fox News)
5. May 28, 2013:
Obama Intelligence Agency Chairman Hacked By “Guccifer” (Smoking Gun)
6. May 28, 2013:
Report Lists U.S. Weapons Compromised By Chinese Cyberspies (Washington Post)
7. May 29, 2013:
Pentagon Aircraft, Missile Defense Programs Target Of China Cyber Threat (Fox News)
8. May 29, 2013:
China to Hold Digital War Games (Guardian)
9. May 31, 2013:
Hagel Says Chinese Cyberthreats Pose ‘Stealthy’ Danger To US (Fox News)
10. June 5, 2013:
China Claims ‘Mountains Of Data’ On Cyber Attacks By US (FT)
11. June 6, 2013:
Chinese Hacked Obama, McCain Campaigns, Took Internal Documents (NBC)
12. June 12, 2013:
Head of U.S. Nuclear Security Agency Is Hacked By “Guccifer” (Smoking Gun)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events of headlines]

1.10: U.S. Weapon Systems Compromised by Chinese Hackers
Based on multiple reports, Chinese hackers have compromised numerous U.S. military weapons systems,  ultimately making U.S. military personal and equipment vulnerable to a Chinese attack. According to a May 28th, 2013, report by the Washington Post, the following is an “expanded partial list” of compromised DOD system designs and technologies: 

I. U.S. System Designs: Terminal High Altitude Area Defense, Patriot Advanced Capability-3, Extended Area Protection and Survivability System (EAPS), F-35, V-22, C-17, Hawklink, Advanced Harpoon Weapon Control System, Tanker Conversions, Long-term Mine Reconnaissance System, Global Hawk, Navy antenna mechanisms, Global Freight Management System, Micro Air Vehicle, Brigade Combat Team Modernization, Aegis Ballistic Missile Defense System, USMC Tracked Combat Vehicles, Warfighter Information Network-Tactical (WIN-T), T700 Family of Engines, Full Authority Digital Engine Controller (FADEC), UH-60 Black Hawk, AMRAAM (AIM-120 Advanced Medium-Range Air-to-Air Missile), Affordable Weapons System, Littoral Combat Ship, Navy Standard Missile (SM-2,3,6), P-8A/Multi-Mission Aircraft, F/A and EA-18, RC-135 Detect./Collect, and the Mk54 Light Weight Torpedo.

II. U.S. Technologies: Directed Energy, UAV video system, Specific Emitter identification, Nanotechnology, Dual Use Avionics, Fuze/Munitions safety and development, Electronic Intelligence Processing, Tactical Data Links, Satellite Communications, Electronic Warfare, Advanced Signal Processing Technologies for RadarsNanostructured Metal Matrix Composite for Light Weight Ballistic Armor, Vision-aided Urban Navigation & Collision Avoidance for Class I Unmanned Air Vehicles (UAV), Space Surveillance Telescope, Materials/processing technologies, IR Search and Track systems, Electronic Warfare systems, Electromagnetic Aircraft Launch, Rail Gun, Side Scan sonar, Mode 5 IFF, Export Control, ITAR, Distribution Statement B,C,D Technical Information, CAD drawings, 3D models, schematics, Software code, Critical technology, Vendor/supply chain data, Technical manuals, PII (email addresses, SSN, credit card numbers, passwords, etc.), and attendee lists for program reviews and meetings.

1.11: Whistleblower Edward Snowden
The case of former National Security Agency (NSA) whistleblower Edward Snowden is fascinating for many reasons but mainly because of his role in an upcoming Chinese attack. In the aftermath of an attack emanating from China, Snowden will be scapegoated as a traitor for giving information to the Chinese which ultimately enables them to circumvent U.S. military programs and weapons systems. This particular narrative first began to form on June 10th, 2013, when CIA officer Bob Baer stated on CNN that Obama officials are speculating that
Snowden’s whistleblowing could be considered “potential Chinese espionage”. Four days later on June 14th, 2013, it was reported that a popular Communist Party-backed newspaper was urging China’s leadership to get more information from Snowden rather than send him back to the U.S., because his revelations about secret U.S. surveillance programs were in China’s national interest. Another June 14th, 2013, report stated that Snowden could offer intelligence that would help China update its understanding of cyberspace and improve its position in negotiations with Washington, D.C. A week later, on June 21st, 2013, the Obama Administration reportedly charged NSA Whistleblower Snowden with espionage, theft and conversion of government property. These charges were leveled at Snowden in order to give the Obama administration the much needed plausible deniability in the aftermath of a Chinese attack on the U.S. Six day later on June 26th, 2013, it was reported that intelligence agencies in China and Russia had gained access to highly classified U.S. intelligence and military information contained on electronic media held by Snowden. According to the report, the exact compromise of the secret data held on Snowden’s laptop computers remains unknown but the biggest fear is that China gained access to new U.S. nuclear war plans. The Snowden case was most recently highlighted on December 15, 2013, in a report by 60 Minutes which showed how NSA security was compromised by Snowden. Two day later on December 17, 2013, a DOD official: stated that Snowden ‘stole everything — literally everything’ from the U.S. government. That same day, an Ex-CIA director stated that Snowden should be ‘hanged’ if convicted for treason, further implying that Snowden’s crimes are treasonous in nature and that U.S. security has been unduly compromised.

Asian Americans

1.12: High-Profile Asian Crimes
Prior to a nuclear attack emanating from Asia, Asian people must be demonized publicly in order to psychologically prep the public for the impending chaos and death. Starting in October of 2011, there have been 3 heinous crimes in which the alleged perpetrator was of Asian descent. The first incident occurred on October 11, 2013, when an
Asian-American male allegedly murdered the son of NFL star running back Adrian Peterson. Two days later on October 13, 2013, an Asian male allegedly shot 5  people at the Hmong festival in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Roughly 2 months later on December 17, 2013, a male of Asian descent allegedly committed a bomb hoax at Harvard University. In all three cases, the face of the alleged perpetrator was all over the news. This especially true in respect to the Harvard incident which ultimately burned the notion of Asians and bombs into the psyche of the American public just prior to a Asian-based nuclear attack upon America.

II. CHINESE TARGETS:

2.1: Attack on Japan
The Japanese people are some of the most independent people on earth and therefore have been the target of numerous earthquakes, tsunamis, wars and nuclear attacks (e.g.,
Hiroshima, Nagasaki, and Fukushima). The Zionist backed Chinese would love nothing more than to invade and destroy the Japanese culture and way of life as much as possible. Unfortunately, as it currently stands, the country of Japan is America’s closest ally in the Pacific and therefore an attack on Japan by China would instantly be seen as an attack on America. The U.S. has numerous military bases in Japan including two very strategic locations in Okinawa, Japan, and Iwo Jima, Japan. In World War II, the Battle of Iwo Jima was made famous by a photo of U.S. soldiers hoisting an American flag atop the island. Therefore, the capture of this island by “Communist” China would undoubtedly serve as an American war cry for revenge. If China were to successfully capture these two islands along with Pearl Harbor, Hawaii, they would have almost conquered the entire Asian-Pacific region.

China-Japan War Headlines:

1. February 7, 2013: US, Japan, Australia Conduct Military Drills Over Pacific
2. April 5, 2013:
Japan Will Join US Military Drill In California In June
3. June 9, 2013:
Japan Sending Soldiers to US for First Time Amid Tensions with China
4. June 21, 2013:
US, Japan Begin Naval Drills Near China
5. June 27, 2013:
US-Japan War Games Off The California Coast Imitate Chinese Invasion
6. October 22, 2013:
China warns Japan over reported plan to shoot down drones
7. November 23, 2013: China creates air defence zone over Japan-controlled islands

8. November 28, 2013:
U.S. military: ‘improvised launch device’ found near Air Force base in Japan
9. November 28, 2013: China’s presence looms amid massive U.S.-Japanese AnnualEx war games
10. December 3, 2013: China Threatens Japan Ahead of Biden Trip
11. December 7, 2013: Impending Japan-China war has the makings of a Clancy classic
12. December 17, 2013: Japan’s hawks unveil sweeping defense upgrade

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events of headlines]

2.2: Head of U.S. Military in Japan Suspended
In a move which paves the way for an unabated Chinese attack on U.S. troops stationed Japan, it was reported on June 7th, 2013, that U.S. Army Major General Michael Harrison, the man directly responsible for responding to an attack on Japan, was suspended for allegedly failing to properly investigate a sexual assault complaint. Harrison, who was stationed in Camp Zama, was in charge of U.S. Army-Japan and was suspended four days prior to his completion of his 32-month assignment. It’s no secret that sexual assault and the military are synonymous and therefor the timing of the suspension is highly suspicious to say the least. Harrison’s scheduled replacement is Major General James Boozer, the former deputy commanding general of the US Army in Europe. With Boozer at the helm, plausible deniability due to his greenness on the job and his name “Boozer”, meaning drinker or drunk, will be cited as the reasons he failed to properly respond to a Chinese sneak attack.

2.3: U.S. F-15 Squadron Grounded
Prior to a Chinese invasion in which U.S. military aircraft fail to work properly, there must be an incident whereby U.S. planes can be “updated” with a virus or mechanical tweak so they are rendered useless in battle. On May 28, 2013, it was reported that a U.S. pilot flying an F-15 over the Pacific Ocean identified an unspecified problem which forced him to eject in mid-flight. A day later on May 29, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. Air Force grounded its F-15 fighters on the southern Japan island of Okinawa for a safety review following a crash that forced the aforementioned pilot to eject over the Pacific Ocean. All F-15s attached to the 18th Wing on Okinawa’s Kadena Air Base were scheduled to undergo “inspections” during the reported stand down to ensure that they are “safe” to fly. Although it is not clear whether these planes are still grounded, the so called “inspections” may have allowed for the entire fleet of American F-15s to be digitally sabotaged.

2.4: Invasion of Hawaii
A preview of the Chinese invasion of Hawaii was first witnessed on September 6, 2013, when it was revealed that Chinese military ships visited Hawaii for joint exercises with U.S. military forces. Aside from being unprecedented, the military drills were meant to serve as a foreign policy blunder by Obama which would eventually lead to the Chinese invasion of Hawaii. Then on October 30, 2013, another suspicious incident was reported when China moved as spy ship near Hawaii. Predictably, the Obama administration, whose role is to look weak on foreign policy, said and did nothing in response to the Chinese aggression. Then on December 12, 2013, it was reported that the health director which approved Obama’s birth certificate died in plane crash in Hawaii. The assassination killed two birds with one stone in that the death highlighted Hawaii internationally as well as reignited the whole Obama birth certificate conspiracy. As previously mentioned, President Obama left for a 17-day Hawaiian vacation on December 20, 2013, bringing more than 2 weeks of unprecedented global attention to island of Hawaii and the Pacific theater in general.

2.5: Seattle Nuclear Attack
It’s no secret that Seattle, Washington, is one of the most liberal and progressive cities in the United States and therefore is a top state-sponsored terror target. From marijuana legalization, animal rights, gay rights and recycling, Seattle is not just a city but rather a large community.
“Red Dawn” (2012) is a film (see trailer) in which Washington state is the victim of a red-dawn surprise attack by military aircraft from Asia. At exactly 0:33 seconds into the trailer, a massive, explosion is heard at the same time that a snow globe with Seattle’s Space Needle is shown, potentially foreshadowing an upcoming attack on the city. Since there is a question as to whether nuclear weapons even exist, it’s possible that the Space Needle could be used as a staging ground for a major attack with the use of state of the art explosives. Curiously, on December 3, 2013, it was reported that a ferry theft in Seattle prompted a security review of the Puget Sound surrounding Seattle. Whether or not this “review” has provided the necessary cover for the insertion of explosives into the downtown Seattle area (i.e., the Space Needle) is not known, but it wouldn’t be surprising.  On December 3, 2013, it was revealed that noise from jumping and cheering Seahawks fans registers as earthquake. In the aftermath of a nuclear attack in Seattle, an earthquake of great magnitude would occur, just as they do in the wake of any large explosion.

2.6: San Francisco Nuclear Attack

In the event that San Francisco is targeted in a nuclear attack, ground zero will likely be Coit Tower. As previously mentioned, there is a
question as to whether nuclear weapons even exist. In the event that they do not, a large staging area for explosives would be needed. Coincidentally, on November 18, 2013, it was revealed that the iconic Coit Tower in San Francisco is closing for 5 months. This tower could be packed with tons of the most lethal explosives and detonated via remote control at a later date. In order to document the explosion in HD (high-definition), on November 21, 2013, it was revealed that the city of Oakland is moving forward with plans to build an Orwellian surveillance complex. That way, the world will be inundated with videos and images from the horrific explosion across the bay in San Francisco. Another suspicious incident occurred on December 16, 2013, when the San Jose airport terminal closed after water line allegedly ruptured. In the event of a Chinese attack, it’s possible that a target such as the San Jose airport may be targeted first in order to draw Americans to their television prior to the slated nuclear attacks.

2.7: San Francisco Bay Bridge
The
San Francisco–Oakland Bay Bridge (known locally as the Bay Bridge) is a pair of bridges spanning San Francisco Bay of California. Aside from being partially demolished in the 1989 Loma Prieta Earthquake, on January 7th, 2013, it was reported that an oil tanker had struck a tower in the middle of the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge. According to the report, the 752-foot tanker rammed the bridge tower as it headed out to sea damaging a 30 to 40 foot fender of steel on base of the bridge. Whether or not the suspicious ship accident and subsequent “repair” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the bridge is not known, but the timely construction project could have theoretically provided necessary cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Bay Bridge. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a nuclear attack. Curiously, on July 27, 2013, it was reported that a suspicious device had resulted in another S.F. Bay Bridge closure. Whether of not this closer was used for cover to insert or arm explosives on the bridge is not known, but 3 weeks later on August 15, 2013, officials announced the opening date for San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge.

2.8: The Golden Gate Bridge
The Golden Gate Bridge is a suspension bridge spanning the Golden Gate, the opening of the San Francisco Bay into the Pacific Ocean. On February 23rd, 2012, it was reported that the
Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco would undergo a renovation project that will “take years to complete”. According to the report, the project involves repainting the two main suspension cables which are responsible for holding the bridge in place. Whether or not the suspicious “renovation” project will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the bridge is not known, but the timely construction could have theoretically provided necessary cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the Golden Gate Bridge. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a “natural disaster” event or a nuclear attack. Prior to a high-profile terror attack or “natural disaster” resulting in the demolition of the Golden Gate Bridge, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda and government propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. On June 2nd, 2009, the Onion ran a story which openly joked about a “horrific attack on San Francisco’s Golden Gate Bridge, which “left thousands missing and assumed dead”. Three years later, Hollywood released “Rise of the Planet of the Apes” (2012), a film (see trailer) in which a monkey literally destroys the Golden Gate Bridge.

III. ANALYZING THE TRENDS:

original

3.1: Drone Terror Trending

Prior to a high-profile nuclear drone strike, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting in July of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of drone-related headlines which will likely culminate in an unprecedented nuclear drone strike within the United States.

Drone Headlines:


1. March 5, 2013:
Pilot reports mysterious drone that could have caused crash over JFK airport
2. May 8, 2013:
New Terrorist Magazine Targets Obama, Drones
3. May 28, 2013:
American drone crashes amid militant fighting in Somalia
4. July 20, 2013:
FAA warns shooting at drone could result in prosecution similar to shooting at airplane
5. August 29, 2013:
Predator drone now part of battle against Yosemite wildfire
6. September 15, 2013:
Man dies after explosion by fire pit in North Carolina yard
7. September 15, 2013:
China builds fast to trigger drone race with America
8. September 25, 2013:
Look, no pilot! F-16 takes its first flight WITHOUT a human
9. October 3, 2013:
US, Japan to deploy new radar, drones in next year
10. October 8, 2013:
Soon, Drones May Be Able to Make Lethal Decisions on Their Own
11. October 21, 2013: Iran Gives Russia Copy of Downed U.S. Drone
12. October 22, 2013: China warns Japan over reported plan to shoot down drones

13. November 3, 2013: Pakistan reviews US relationship over Taliban drone kill
14. November 5, 2013: Exclusive: The CIA, Not The Pentagon, Will Keep Running Obama’s Drone War
15. November 7, 2013: Invasion: 7,500 drones in U.S. airspace within 5 years, FAA warns
16. November 13, 2013: Russia to Deploy Long-Range Attack Drone by 2016
17. November 17, 2013: Malfunctioned drone hits Navy ship during training
18. November 18, 2013: Advanced system to guard Russia from hi-tech surveillance, drone attacks
19. November 19, 2013: RT special report: US drone strike rips Yemeni community apart
20. November 19, 2013: Drone attacks ‘create more enemies with every innocent person killed’
21. November 19, 2013: Europeans Form ‘Drone Club,’ Want to Compete
22. November 21, 2013: U.S. drone strike kills 5 in Pakistan
23. November 22, 2013: Congress rejects mandatory numbering of drone casualties
24. November 22, 2013: China’s first stealth combat drone takes maiden flight – reports
25. November 26, 2013: Pakistan deploys first home-made drones
26. November 27, 2013:
Drone drops contraband into Georgia prison yard
27. November 27, 2013:
US Army equipping soldiers with fleet of bird-like drones
28. December 2, 2013: Amazon testing delivery by drone, CEO Bezos says
29. December 2, 2013: Underground drone economy takes flight
30. December 2, 2013: Self-Driving Nissan Electric Car Takes to Highway
31. December 2, 2013. Why Drone Delivery Will Be A Nightmare For Law Enforcement
32. December 3, 2013: UN starts drone surveillance in DR Congo
33. December 4, 2013: Anti-drone protests halt US military convoys at Pakistan border
34. December 5, 2013: Navy Launches a Drone from a Submerged Submarine
35. December 6, 2013: US tests classified spy drone with ‘superior stealth, efficiency capabilities’
36. December 6, 2013: Unmasked: Area 51′s Biggest, Stealthiest Spy Drone Yet
37. December 6, 2013: EXCLUSIVE: Secret New UAS Drone Shows Stealth, Efficiency Advances
38. December 8, 2013: Air hogs: Drones secret weapon in hunt for feral pigs
39. December 12, 2013: U.S. seeks spy edge with stealth drone
40. December 12, 2013: Drone strike kills 15 ‘wedding party-goers’ in Yemen
41. December 13, 2013: Pentagon unveils laser capable of shooting down drones, mortars
42. December 13, 2013: Declassified FBI docs detail warrantless drone surveillance
43. December 14, 2013: Agriculture the most promising market for drones
44. December 16, 2013: Yemeni parliament votes to ban drone attacks
45. December 18, 2013: Autonomous drones are the not-too-distant future of war
46. December 18, 2013: Colorado judge rules in favor of holding drone-hunting vote after legal fight
47. December 18, 2013: Search for crashed, missing NY-based military drone suspended until spring

[Does not purport to a complete list of headlines or events]

Medium_and_Intercontinental_Range_Ballistic_Missiles

3.2: Missile Terror Trending
Prior to a high-profile Chinese nuclear missile strike, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting in July of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of missile-related headlines which will likely culminate in an unprecedented nuclear missile strike within the United States.

Missile Headlines:

1. July 6, 2013: Missile designed to intercept nukes fails weapon test
2. July 26, 2013:
Don’t Be Alarmed by the Drone Blimps They’re Here to Stop Cruise Missiles
3. August 13, 2013:
US Air Force unit operating nuclear missiles fails safety and security inspection
4. August 25, 2013:
Military removes nuclear weapons unit commander; decision follows security failure
5. September 15, 2013:
India conducts 2nd test flight of its nuclear- capable ‘Agni-V’ long-range ballistic
6. September 23, 2013:
N. Korea tests long-range rocket engine: US think-tank
7. September 22, 2013:
US Air Force test-launches intercontinental missile from California coast
8. October 16, 2013:
Inside the Ring: Russia to test new missile
9. October 24, 2013: Missile doors left open while Air Force nuclear officer slept
10. November 7, 2013: China Deploys New Bomber with Long-Range Land Attack Missile
11. November 17, 2013:
Russia starts ambitious super-heavy space rocket project
12. November 26, 2013:Iran, North Korea Secretly Developing Long-Range Rocket Booster for ICBMs
13. November 27, 2013:
Iran Announces Development of Ballistic Missile Technology
14. December 17, 2013: Russia plans new ICBM to replace Cold War ‘Satan’ missile
15. December 17, 2013: Iran Reveals New Details of Shoulder-Fired Missiles
16. December 17, 2013: Minuteman 3 test missile launches from central California coast
17. December 18, 2013: Russia Plans Rail-Mounted Missiles to Counter US Global Strike Program
18. December 18, 2013: Bombshell find: Couple discovers military rocket in new apartment

[Does not purport to a complete list of headlines or events]

nuclear_explosion

3.3: Nuclear Terror Trending
Prior to a high-profile nuclear attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. In 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of nuclear and radiological-related headlines which will likely culminate in an unprecedented nuclear attack within the United States. Although most of the headlines are in respect to Fukushima, Iran and nuclear reactors in general, they invoke the fear of nuclear terror nonetheless.

2013 Nuclear Headlines:

1. January 5, 2013: Nuclear Security Helicopters Testing Radiation Levels Above DC Area
2. January 23, 2013: Weather Service: Nuclear Power Plant Causes Freak Snowstorm
3. January 29, 2013: Watch 5 nuclear power station towers collapse in slow motion
4. February 3, 2013: Security breach at nuke plant a wake-up call
5. February 4, 2013: Wyoming Teen, Builds Nuclear Fusion Reactor in Garage
6. February 7, 2013: San Onofre nuke plant operator disputes safety claim
7. February 9, 2013: Outage Shuts Down Plymouth’s Pilgrim Nuclear Power Plant
8. February 17, 2013: ‘No immediate risk’: Nuclear waste tank leaking in Washington
9. February 21, 2013: Mission to transport 23,000 liters of bomb-grade uranium from Canada to US
10. February 23, 2013: Governor: 6 tanks leaking radioactive waste at Washington nuclear site
11. February 23, 2013: Oregon senator to ask for GAO probe of Hanford nuclear site
12. February 25, 2013: Radiation Panic Grips Mumbai
13. February 26, 2013: Nuclear waste leak in Wash. “scandalous,” expert says
14. March 13, 2013: Iran’s Bushehr nuclear power plant taken off line over generator malfunction
15. March 15, 2013: Dirty bomb material secured in Philadelphia, thousands of sites remain in U.S.
16. March 15, 2013: Feds Swarm Metra Train After Detecting Nuclear Risk
17. March 18, 2013: Power outage at crippled Japanese nuclear plant
18. March 29, 2013: Safety: Jaczko Calls for Phaseout in US, Says Plants Aren’t Safe
19. April 1, 2013: Accident at Arkansas nuclear site kills man
20. April 2, 2013: Nuclear board warns of Washington tank explosion risk
21. April 6, 2013: Japan’s Fukushima nuclear plant leaks contaminated water
22. April 9, 2013: All US nuclear reactors should be replaced, ‘Band-Aids’ won’t help
23. April 10, 2013: Gulf States Fear Nuclear Radiation Leak after Iran Earthquake
24. April 12, 2013: Nuclear waste barrels remain strewn across floor of English Channel – report
25. April 13, 2013: DOE finalizing plans to dump man-made uranium in Nevada
26. April 14, 2013: Small Leak Is Discovered at Plant in Fukushima
27. April 15, 2013: Pilgrim Nuclear Plant forced to shut down
28. April 15, 2013: Emergency declared after fire at U.S. nuclear plant — Lasted almost 30 minutes
29. April 16, 2013: Two US nuke plants tighten security after blasts
30. April 18, 2013: After petition, atomic bomb re-enactment dropped from Ohio air show
31. April 18, 2013: Emergency declared at U.S. nuclear plant after lightning strike
32. April 19, 2013: ‘First terror drill at US nuclear plant a success’
33. April 21, 2013: Shots fired at TVA Watts Bar Nuclear Plant
34. May 6, 2013: Kewaunee to start powering down early Tuesday ahead of permanent closure
35. May 9, 2013: 83-year-old nun convicted of sabotage for breach of US atomic complex
36. May 11, 2013: Utility investigating vibrations that caused shutdown of nuclear reactor
37. May 13, 2013: Indian Point To Become First Nuclear Plant To Operate With Expired License
38. May 16, 2013: North Carolina nuclear plant shut down after crack discovered
39. May 17, 2013: Radioactive leak found at Palisades Nuclear Power Plant
40. May 23, 2013: Twin blasts in Niger hit uranium plant, barracks
41. May 25, 2013: Japanese research lab reports radiation leak
42. May 28, 2013: SKorea halts 2 nuclear plants for using control cables with fabricated test results
43. May 28, 2013: Seaweed causes shut down of multiple nuclear reactors
44. June 4, 2013: Cracks in Iran’s nuclear reactor facility following quakes – diplomats
45. June 7, 2013: U.S. orders new safety upgrades at nuclear plants
46. June 7, 2013: California utility says it will retire nuclear plant
47. June 10, 2013: Bushehr nuclear plant suffered electric generator malfunction
48. June 12, 2013: Obama Appointee Who Heads U.S. Nuclear Security Agency Is Hacked
49. June 23, 2013: U.S. engineers to inspect possible leak at Hanford nuclear site
50. July 15, 2013: Greenpeace activists break into French nuclear plant
51. July 24, 2013: Indian Point supervisor charged with lying to Nuclear Regulatory Commission
52. August 14, 2013: North Dakota terror drill deals with radiation devices stolen by terrorists
53. August 15, 2013:
Report: U.S. nuclear plants remain vulnerable to terrorists
54. August 15, 2013: Are U.S. Nuclear Reactors Protected Against Credible Terrorist Attacks?
55. August 15, 2013: Indian Point nuclear plant is vulnerable to terror attack: report
56. August 17, 2013:  Fukushima apocalypse: Duct tape fixes’ could result in ‘millions of deaths’
57. August 21, 2013: Tank at crippled Fukushima nuclear plant leaks highly radioactive water
58. August 22, 2013: Flier Busted For Iranian Uranium Export Scheme
59. August 28, 2013: Pa. nuclear plant security failings revealed in terror drill
60. September 20, 2013: Report: Nuke that fell on N.C. in 1961 almost exploded  
61. September 28, 2013:
No. 2 U.S. nuke commander suspended amid probe
62. October 1, 2013: Large Swedish nuclear reactor forced to shut after jellyfish clog water pipes
63. October 22, 2013: US nuclear missile launch officers repeatedly compromised bunker safety
64. October 22, 2013: A look at violations by officers in nuclear force
65. October 23, 2013: Air Force officials in charge of nukes left open blast door
66. October 24, 2013: Missile doors left open while Air Force nuclear officer slept
67. October 19, 2013: INTERPOL Exercise Boosts Radiological And Nuclear Terrorism Response
68. November 2, 2013: How a war game brought the world to the brink of nuclear disaster
69. November 12, 2013: US-Israeli computer super-worm hit Russian nuclear plant – Kaspersky
70. November 20, 2013:
Nuke troubles run deep; key officers “burned out”
71. November 20, 2013: Nuclear regulators crack firewalls to access porn
72. November 21, 2013: What’s the nuclear option?
73. December 17, 2013: Chinese rover diorama shows Europe being nuked
74. December 20, 2013: Report: Fired Nuke General Misbehaved in Russia

[Does not purport to a complete list of headlines or events]


About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

 

Aerial View of 2012 Olympics Stadium London.olympic-stadium-aerial-view.jpg

Download & Forward PDF

UDPATE II: On November 24, 2013, it was reported that a “delivery man” was assassinated in Landover, Maryland. Although not yet confirmed, it appears that 26-year-old USPS worker Tyson Barnette was the slated nuclear bomb “delivery man” in Boston nuclear terror plot. The fabricated controversy over whether or not he should have been delivering mail at 7:70 PM on a Saturday night is likely intelligence cover for the fact that Barnette was  killed on Sunday, November 24, 2013, after the terror plot was foiled. In a bid to sell the shooting to the pulic, $100, 000 has been offered as a reward for the allegedly random killing. It’s no secret that intelligence operatives has various cover jobs within the community. Evidently,  a USPS worker is one of them.

UPDATE I: In response to the historic Iranian nuclear deal signed in Switzerland, the Israeli Minister of Economy and Commerce stated on Sunday,  November 24, 2013, that “If in another five years a suitcase nuke explodes in New York or Madrid, it will be because of the deal that was signed [with Iran] this morning“. The unsubstantiated and highly racist statement,  which was meant to serve as a prophetic warning of impending Islamic nuclear terror, reveals that the Israeli government is in fact privy to the nuclear terror plot depicted herein which coincidentally features a suitcase-like nuke attack in Boston, Massachusetts, just 214 miles away from New York City.

David Chase Taylor
November 24, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zurich — At 8:30 PM (EST) on Sunday, November 24, 2013, the Denver Broncos (9-1) will play the New England Patriots (7-3) at Gillette Stadium in Foxboro, Massachusetts. The primetime game, which features the two best teams and quarterbacks in the league, will be seen on “Sunday Night Football”, the #1 rated television shows in America with over 26 million viewers.

Based on breaking news and events, it appears that a redux of the foiled nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, is in order. When NFL Commissioner Roger Goodell stated on March 5, 2013, that he was “terrified’ that an “NFL player is going to die on the field”, he was likely referencing the November 24th game.

Download & Forward PDF

Suspiciously, on September 12, 2013, it was reported that undercover officers will now be at NFL games aim to “prevent excessive heckling. In the event that terror strikes the NFL, these so called undercover agents, who automatically have the highest security clearance, will most likely be responsible for either executing or orchestrating the terror attacks on the ground. 

Similarly to the 2011 Super Bowl XLV plot, the November 24, 2013 nuclear terror plot will be scapegoated onto Islamic terrorists, namely Pakistani terrorists who want revenge for the death of Osama bin Laden and recent drone strikes by President Obama. The notion that Pakistan is selling nuclear weapons was first published on November 6, 2013, when it was reported that Saudi Arabia has a nuclear weapon ‘on order’ from Pakistan. Predictably, the terrorist nuke would be snuck into the United States via Mexico, most likely through the state of Arizona.

A nuclear war with Pakistan would obviously start a nuclear World War III and do wonders for President Obama whose poll numbers are at an all-time low.  When Obama recently stated that, “I’m really good at killing people”, he was evidently referring to the November 24, 2013, nuclear terror attack which will likely kill over 1 million people, conservatively.

The Boston nuclear terror attack plot depicted herein is the third time that Truther.org has caught the Obama administration red-handed attempting to conduct a nuclear holocaust within the United States. Aside from the Super Bowl XLV plot, the Obama administration also sanctioned a Chinese nuclear attack on July 4, 2013, which was slated to be seen “live” worldwide after a Chinese cyber-hijack of the world’s television airwaves.

As of November 22, 2013, the Dow Jones Industrial closed above 16,000 for the first time in history, a laughable notion considering that America is obviously in a depression. Naturally, in the wake of an unprecedented nuclear terror attack, the U.S. stock markets would crash on Monday morning, likely bankrupting the U.S. economy. This was all predicted on August 8, 2013, when intelligence operative Marc Faber warned that 1987-style crash is coming.

In the days following the November 24, 2013, Boston nuclear terror attack, it is highly likely that a second nuclear detonation will occur in Washington, D.C. With America’s capital destroyed and radioactive, whatever faith that is left in the U.S. government and her economy will be lost. In time, the physical capital of America will be moved to Denver, Colorado, home to the Broncos.

I. THE SET-UP:

1.1: Boston Sleeper Cell
The
Boston Marathon Bombings of April 15, 2013, were apparently the opening salvo of an alleged Islamic wave of terror attacks that will culminate in an unprecedented nuclear terror attack on the city of Boston. Coincidentally, on April 21, 2013, it was reported that the FBI is hunting a 12-man strong terrorist “sleeper cell” in Boston which is linked to the Tsarnaev brothers who were allegedly responsible for the Boston Bombings. In the aftermath of a Boston nuclear attack, this “sleeper cell” will predictably be implicated in the attack.

1.2: Gillette Stadium Attack Plan
As evidenced in the Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot, the NFL game in Boston will most likely be attacked conventionally at first in order to draw in viewers worldwide prior to the slated nuclear detonation. This strategy was also employed on 9/11 with escalating events, stating with the first plane and ending with the demolition of both towers.
Due to the construction of Gillette Stadium, which may be the only stadium in the country with direct vehicle access to the field, the attack will likely come from vehicles which will break through the security gate and drive onto the field, possibly running over fans, players and coaches. Once the attack ensues, terrorists wearing parachutes will likely descend into the stadium and attacked the crowd with automatic weapons, grenades and shoulder-fired missiles. Predictably, the “live” terror attack will go on for a few hours until Europe tunes in. At that point, once the world is watching, a nuclear detonation will ensue.

1.3: First Ever Social Media Terror Attack
It was reported on September 3, 2013, that Gillette Stadium is only one of 11 NFL stadiums with high-tech Wi-Fi throughout the stadium. The special network was built so that in the wake of a terror attack, the thousands of fans calling, updating their status and uploading photos of the attack won’t overload and crash local cellular networks. In other words, the NFL and the U.S. government built a special network so that the world could be suddenly inundated with images of the terror attack, multiplying the terror factor exponentially.

1.4: Parachute Attack
Prior to a parachute-related terror attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Starting in September of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount headlines in respect to parachuting and skydiving. Whether or not these headlines will culminate in a terror attack using parachutes is not known, but
evidently a “dry run” by Islamic terrorists was reported on September 30, 2013, when New York police started searching for parachutists dressed in black who landed near Ground Zero and then disappeared.

Parachute Headlines:

1. September 28, 2013: Idaho smokejumper killed in parachuting accident
2. September 30, 2013:
New York police search for parachutists who landed near Ground Zero
3. October 19, 2013: Parachutist dies at Florida air show
4. October 20, 2013: Plane carrying skydivers crashes in Belgium
5. October 21, 2013: Twenty-one members of Arizona National Guard indicted
6. October 22, 2013: 6 airborne troops killed in explosion in northwest Russia
7. November 2, 2013: Skydivers Jump To Safety After 2 Planes Collide Over Wis.
8. November 5, 2013: Calif. man skydives on 100th birthday


[Does not purport to a complete list of events of headlines]

1.5: Sum of All Fears
In what was either a Roman blood sacrifice or just the casual termination of a potential witness by intelligence agencies, on October 2, 2013, it was reported that best-selling Tom Clancy suddenly died at the age of 66. Interestingly, one of Clancy’s most popular books and movies was entitled, “The Sum of All Fears”, which depicted an Israeli nuclear bomb being detonated inside an NFL stadium. Evidently, Clancy was assassinated prior to life imitating his art.

1.6: Nuclear Delivery Man
Similarly to the NFL nuclear terror plot depicted in “The Sum of All Fears”, a nuclear bomb would need to be delivered to the stadium in an unmarked truck or van. Breaking news in respect to unmarked trucks, truck thefts, and a recently stolen FedEx truck indicates that this is in fact the working terror narrative. Essentially, an unmarked truck would deliver a timed or remote controlled nuclear device to the stadium hidden inside another object such as a portable toilet. The notion of the so called delivery man responsible for driving the truck was recently popularized by the “Delivery Man” film (see trailer) which was released on November 22, 2013, just 2 days prior to the slated nuclear terror attack in Boston.

1.7: Incognito Nuke
Similarly to the NFL nuclear terror plot depicted in “
The Sum of All Fears”, in which a nuclear device was inserted in a Coke machine, a nuclear bomb will be delivered to Gillette Stadium inside another object such as a portable toilet which would mask its radiation from detectors in Boston. Coincidentally, on November 22, 2013, NBC news reported that newspaper deliveryman found a bomb stuffed in teddy bear. That same day, a bomb squad in Oklahoma x-rayed a burrito looking for a bomb.

1.8: Incognito Scandal
The term “
incognito” is defined by Merriam-Webster as “with one’s identity concealed”. Prior to a nuclear weapon being delivered to an NFL stadium, the bomb must first go “incognito” in order to bypass local, state, federal, stadium and NFL security. In order to make the term “incognito” mainstream lingo prior to an unprecedented nuclear terror attack, intelligence agencies working in concert with Miami Dolphins and “best friends” Richie Incognito and Jonathan Martin drummed up a real dandy. The scandal, which involves a he said, she said bullying-type celebrity gossip mantra, was evidently a calculated intelligence operation to highlight the last name of one Incognito just prior to an “incognito” terror attack on the White House. Thus far, the worst part of the whole childish scandal was when Martin allegedly stated “I will murder your whole fucking family” in response to racial epithet from Incognito.

1.9: Iran Nuclear Deal
In a calculate and coordinated effort to bring the issue of nuclear terrorism to the global forefront just prior to the world’s first nuclear terror attack, Iran signed a six-month nuclear agreement in Geneva, Switzerland with the P5+1 group (e.g., the United States, Russia, China, United Kingdom, and France, plus Germany) in the late hours of November 23, 2013. According to a nationally televised address by U.S. President Barack Obama, the deal includes, “substantial limitations that will help prevent Iran from creating a nuclear weapon”.  Once the deal had been signed, the response from Israel was predictable stating that the “world empowered a nuclear Iran” while Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Nentanyahu called the deal “a historic mistake“. Naturally, Israel will be there screaming “I told you so” in the wake of a nuclear terror attack, a laughable notion considering that Zionists and the state of Israel are responsible for a majority of the world’s terrorism.

1.10: “Live TV” Terror
Prior to a “live” nationally syndicated nuclear terror attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. In an episode of the series “Homeland” which aired November 25, 2012, terrorist leader “Abu Nazir” was plotting a terror attack and planned to film it on live television and disseminate it globally. Evidently, the Obama administration is following the Hollywood script as they will try for the third time to execute a live nuclear detonation on television come November 24, 2013.

II. THE TERROR DRILLS:

2.1: NORTHCOM Nuclear Terror Drills (August 14-17, 2013)
On August 14, 2013, it was reported that the U.S. government had conducted a
multiple nuclear terror drills in both Indiana and North Dakota which concluded on August 17, 2013. According to reports, the nuclear terror drill was entitled “Exercise Vibrant Response” and was executed under the supervision of the U.S. Northern Command, led by U.S. Army North. The terror scenario in Indiana involved a drill a “nuclear terrorist attack” on Columbus, Ohio, while the terror scenario in North Dakota involved a radiation device stolen by terrorists.

2.2: INTERPOL Nuclear Terror Drills
(October 15-17, 2013)

On October 19, 2013, it was reported that INTERPOL executed a major nuclear terror drill from October 15 through October 17, 2013, which involved a radiological nuclear terror attack scenario. According to reports, “specialized officials” from law enforcement, customs, border control, public health, regulatory and security services took part in a tabletop exercise aimed at testing their capacity to prevent nuclear and radiological terrorism. Alan King, INTERPOL’s Radiological Nuclear Coordinator, stated that “Radiological and nuclear attacks are a genuine risk worldwide and the threat they pose should not be underestimated. The worst-case scenario can happen anytime, anywhere, and law enforcement and its partners must be prepared”. 

2.3: War Games (November 19, 2013)
In the immediate aftermath of a nuclear attack, it can be surmised that a full-scale “purge” of so called patriots and gun-owners will commence throughout America. Coincidentally, both U.S. and European troops have been drilling war games for this particular scenario. On November 19, 2013, it was reported that in Phoenix, Arizona, the U.S. military is executing war games involving the use of Blackhawk helicopters. Although they state that the drill is planned for 2015, an obvious PSYOP, NATO has mobilized at least 40,000 troops to deal with an insurrection in America. These type of drill were seen just prior to the February 6, 2011, Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot when Czech troops conducted war games in Texas.

III. THE NFL
:

3.1: NFL Security Compromised
Starting on June 13, 2013, the NFL implemented new security measures by banning purses, seat cushions, coolers from games. The change in security was a calculated decision by the NFL to gain plausible deniability in the aftermath of a terror attack at one of their stadiums. Aside from the legal changes, the NFL launched a media campaign entitled, “Be Clear On Game Day Safety”, which has highlighted the notion that the NFL could be attacked. Interestingly, on September 12, 2013, it was reported that undercover officers will now be at NFL games aim to “prevent excessive heckling. In the event that terror strikes the NFL, these so called undercover agents will most likely be responsible for executing or orchestrating the terror attacks on the ground.

3.2: Denver Broncos Trending
Similarly to the New England Patriots, the Denver Broncos have been in both national and international headlines all year long. Like the Patriots, the Broncos signed and released the single most popular player in the NFL, Tim Tebow, a Christian. Just prior to Tebow however was the historic signing of Manning, possibly the best QB in the history of the NFL. Shortly thereafter, in an apparent move to silence any investigation into a potential terror attack on the Broncos, two high-level Broncos executives were arrested for DUI and suspended. A few months later, Broncos head coach John Fox suffered a heart attack, an ominous sign that an attack on the Broncos is imminent. Needless to say, the Denver Broncos have been in the news 24/7 this year in order to psychologically prep the American public for the impending nuclear attack at the Broncos vs. Patriots game on November 24, 2013.

Broncos Headlines:

1. March 20, 2013: John Elway introduced Peyton Manning
2. March 21, 2013:
Broncos trade Tim Tebow to Jets
3. July 15, 2013:
Denver Broncos suspend executives Russell and Heckert for DUI
4. August 30, 2013: Man falls at Broncos game at Mile High, seriously injured
5. September 14, 2013:
Strains Of Pot Named For Manning Brothers, Peyton Not Happy
6. October 19, 2013:
Broncos Von Miller Will Start vs. Colts After Serving 6-Game Suspension
7. November 2, 2013:
Broncos coach John Fox hospitalized with heart attack
8. November 2, 2013:Broncos coach John Fox to have surgery on heart valve
9. November 15, 2013: Woman sells wedding ring for tickets to Chiefs-Broncos game
10. November 18, 2013:
Armed Robbery at Manning’s Papa John’s During Broncos Game

3.3: New England Patriots Trending

Similarly to the
Denver Broncos, the New England Patriots have been in both national and international headlines all year long. Like the Broncos, the Patriots signed and released the single most popular player in the NFL, Tim Tebow, a Christian. Then there was the stolen Super Bowl ring by Russian President Vladimir Putin, the arrest of Patriot’s star Hernandez for murder, and the recent stadium fight which was predictably video-taped and uploaded onto YouTube. Needless to say, the New England Patriots have been in the news 24/7 this year in order to psychologically prep the American public for the impending nuclear attack at the Broncos vs. Patriots game on November 24, 2013.

Patriots Headlines:

1. June 11, 2013: New England Patriots sign Tim Tebow
2. June 14, 2013:
Kraft: Putin stole Bowl ring
3. June 26, 2013:
Patriot Hernandez arrested, taken into police custody
4. September 1, 2013:
Patriots release Tim Tebow
5. September 3, 2013:
McCain to Russians: Return Kraft’s Super Bowl ring
6. October 23, 2013:
4 charged in taped scuffle after Jets-Patriots game

[Does not purport to a complete list of events of headlines]

3.4: NFL Trending

For those that follow the NFL, it can be said that 2013 was a year like no other. Scandal after scandal, arrest after arrest, and story after story, the NFL was literally in the headlines every day and stuffed down the collective throat of the public. The obvious question is, why? As evidenced, there has been a coordinated intelligence effort to make NFL football more mainstream than ever so that a subsequent would be all the more terrorizing. After all, what is more American than football?

2013 NFL Timeline:

1. December 8, 2012:
Fatal Irving crash brings college friends’ rise as Cowboys to a halt
2. February 1, 2013:
Skies over Super Bowl covered by NORAD
3. February 1, 2013:
Super Bowl security: Behind the scenes with the FBI
4. February 2, 2013:
New Super Bowl XLVI security gadgets: X-Rays, sewer caps and more
5. March 5, 2013:
Goodell ‘Terrified’ That ‘NFL Player Is Going To Die On The Field’
6. May 15, 2013:
Eagles OL Evan Mathis Peeing on IRS Building Sign
7. June 1, 2013:
Steelers’ Mike Adams stabbed
8. June 11, 2013:
Worker dies at 49ers’ Levi’s Stadium construction site
9. June 13, 2013:
NFL bans purses, seat cushions, coolers from games in new security measure
10. June 14, 2013:
Kraft: Putin stole Bowl ring
11. June 14, 2013:
Seahawks Coach Peppered 4-Star General With 9/11 ‘Conspiracy’ Questions
12. June 20, 2013:
Giants defensive tackle Shaun Rogers reports $440,000 worth of missing jewelry
13. June 26, 2013:
Baltimore Ravens running back carjacked In Philly
14. June 26, 2013:
Browns Release Rookie LB Walcott After He’s Charged With Attempted Murder
15. June 27, 2013:
CBS News: 27 NFL Players Arrested Since Super Bowl
16. June 29, 2013:
Pit bull belonging to Eagles player seized after dog fighting allegations
17. June 29, 2013:
Joe Lefeged arrested on gun charge
18. July 4, 2013:
Washington Redskins fullback Eric Kettani gets some ‘hate mail’
19. July 7, 2013:
Giants LB Connor arrested in airport after TSA alleges switchblade found in luggage
20. July 11, 2013:
Alfonzo Dennard arrested again for DUI
21. July 12, 2013:
Jets Player Oday Aboushi Defends Muslim Extremist Comments
22. July 15, 2013:
Denver Broncos suspend executives Russell and Heckert for DUI
23. July 30, 2013:
Arizona Cardinals cheerleader is an Iraq veteran
24. August 2, 2013:
War veteran NFL cheerleader arrested on domestic violence charges
25. August 2, 2013:
Former NFL lineman charged in $50M insurance fraud scheme in California
26. August 6, 2013:
Jets RB Joe McKnight arrested for multiple traffic violations
27. August 6, 2013:
Former NFL player Petitgout arrested on assault charge
28. August 6, 2013:
Man accused of spray painting face with Raiders colors, fatally stabbing clerk
29. August 22, 2013:
Bucs treated facility for MRSA
30. August 25, 2013:
Keith Bulluck charged with robbery
31. August 27, 2013:
Former NFL wide receiver Titus Young due in California court
32. August 30, 2013:
Man falls at Broncos game at Mile High, seriously injured
33. September 2, 2013:
Former Ravens Linebacker Suggests Super Bowl Blackout Was By Design
34. September 3, 2013:
NFL lagging on stadium Wi-Fi
35. September 3, 2013:
McCain to Russians: Return Kraft’s Super Bowl ring
36. September 12, 2013: Undercover officers at NFL games aim to prevent excessive heckling
37. September 9, 2013:
Fans injured in fall after Colts game
38. September 9, 2013:
Fan falls, dies at Candlestick during 49ers-Packers game
39. September 13, 2013:QB Steve Young to speak at conference on issues facing gay Mormons
40. September 14, 2013:
Strains Of Pot Named For Manning Brothers, Peyton Not Happy
41. September 15, 2013:
Police: 2 shot near Georgia Dome on Falcons game day
42. September 19, 2013: Brother of New York Giants coach dies following fall
43. September 20, 2013:
Over 300 teenagers party at, trash ex-NFL player’s home
44. September 20, 2013:
49ers Aldon Smith suspected of DUI
45. September 23, 2013:
Bengals’ Pacman Jones cited for disorderly conduct
46. September 24, 2013:
Ravens player Jacoby Jones in party bus fight
47. September 25, 2013:
Chargers former teammate Oliver killed
48. October 5, 2013:
President Obama weighs in on ‘Redskins’ name
49. October 10, 2013:
NFL lineman Reggie Rogers charged with domestic assault in Seattle
50. October 10, 2013:
49ers Smith charged with 3 felony gun counts
51. October 11, 2013:
Third Bucs player tests positive for MRSA
52. October 11, 2013:
Son Of Vikings Player Adrian Peterson Dies
53. October 10, 2013:
NFL security eyes Matt Schaub incident in Texas
54. October 11, 2013: Health: MRSA Infects Some Tampa Bay Buccaneers Players
55. October 23, 2013:4 charged in taped scuffle after Jets-Patriots game
56. October 30, 2013:
NFL teaches moms to tackle ‘safely’
57. November 2, 2013:
Broncos coach John Fox hospitalized
58. November 2, 2013:Broncos coach John Fox to have surgery on heart valve
59. November 4, 2013:Sources: Miami Dolphins rookies pushed to pay up
60. November 7, 2013:
Wife tasered after Bears-Packers bet
61. November 7, 2013:
Florida cops shoot former New York Giants running back Jermaine Green
62. November 9, 2013:
NFL Players faced threats, racist attacks
63. November 15, 2013:Woman sells wedding ring for tickets to Chiefs-Broncos game
64. November 15, 2013:
Ex-NFL cheerleader who sexually assaulted boy gets 18 months probation
65. November 17, 2013:Washington Redskins bus egged en route to Philadelphia
66. November 17, 2013:
Man falls from Ralph Wilson Stadium 3rd deck; 2 injured
67. November 18, 2013:
Former Oakland Raider Die in High-Speed Car Crash
68. November 18, 2013:
Armed Robbery at Manning’s Papa John’s During Broncos Game
69. November 19, 2013:
Browns ‘lucky to be alive’ after terrifying flight back to Cleveland
70. November 21, 2013:
MV revokes Hampton anti-Redskins plates

[Does not purport to a complete list of events of headlines]

3.5: NFL Exempt from Terror Lawsuits
Congressional legislation passed in December of 2008 conveniently dismisses any potential lawsuits against the NFL stemming from a future terror attack on any of the NFL’s football stadiums. The new law, entitled the SAFETY Act (Support Anti-terrorism by Fostering Effective Technologies), which was curiously not reported until September of 2009, essentially guarantees that the NFL will not have to pay any claims that terror victims may file in the aftermath of an attack. According to the report, the “protection extends only to companies’ services or equipment that the Homeland Security Department has approved as being effective in anti-terrorism.” The NFL got the protection after the government approved the league’s nine-page stadium-security guidelines. “An attack from a terrorist organization could put us out of business”, stated NFL security chief Milt Ahlerich.

3.6: NFL & DHS Partnership
The NFL was intimately connected to the foiled Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot, so it should come as no surprise that the NFL and DHS have partnered together in the “If You See Something, Say Something” terror program. The NFL and DHS terror partnership was forged just two days prior to Super Bowl XLV, when U.S. Department of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano stated that: “We are partnering this year with the NFL on our ‘If You See Something, Say Something’ campaign and launching that NFL partnership right here at the Super Bowl…The idea is simple…We are simply asking the American people to be vigilant, recognizing that our security is a shared responsibility that all of us must participate in. If a fan at the Super Bowl or any other American at any other place sees something that is potentially dangerous, then say something about it to local law enforcement or someone in authority”.


IV. HOMEGROWN TERROR
:

4.1: The Sleeper Cells
Ever since 9/11, propaganda has been disseminated that there are terrorist sleeper cells in America. Then on January 26, 2011, Family Matter published an article entitled “Sleeper Cells in the USA”, just days prior to the February 6, 2011, Super Bowl XLV nuclear terror plot. Coincidentally, in April 21, 2013, it was reported that the FBI is hunting a 12-man strong terrorist “sleeper cell” in Boston, Massachusetts, which is linked to brothers Tamerlan and Dzhokhar Tsarnaev allegedly responsible for the Boston Marathon Bombings of April 15, 2013. This notion of sleeper cells again made national news on August 5, 2013, when CBS News reported that, “Terrorists Already Have Orders, Could Be In Place For Attacks”.

4.2: Terrorists Using Coded Messages
Prior to Pakistani sleeper cells allegedly being activated within the United States, the notion that terrorists have been communicating must be publically floated. Coincidentally, on November 21, 2013, it was reported that a Palestinian murder suspect allegedly sent coded TV message to imprisoned brother. That same day, it was reported that an “expert” has stated that MI6 codebreaker Gareth Williams’ death was the “perfect crime”, further highlighting the use of code just prior to an earth changing event by terrorists who coordinated the attack using coded messages. In the wake of a nuclear terror attack, it will likely be stated by the U.S. government that the terrorists used an undetectable internet code to communicate, hence the reasoning behind the recent NSA spying.

4.3: Islamic Terror Sympathizers
Since April 19, 2013, there have been roughly 20 U.S. citizens who have been indicted, arrested or implicated in terror attacks against U.S. interests both home and abroad. If and when an Islamic nuclear bomb comes to America, it will be aided across the border by individuals “sympathetic” to the Islamic cause of jihad.

U.S. Homegrown Terror Timeline:

1. April 19, 2013:
US Man Pleads Guilty to Supporting Terrorism in Somalia
2. April 21, 2013:
Illinois Man Tried To Join Al Qaeda-Linked Group, FBI Says
3. April 26, 2013:
American Jihadi in Somalia Tweets on Assassination Attempt
4. May 2, 2013:
Judge Releases Illinois Man Accused of Trying To Join Al-Qaida in Syria
5. May 14, 2013:
2 Minnesota Men Sentenced To Prison For Joining Somali Terror Group
6. May 14, 2013:
North Carolina Man Pleads Guilty To Buying Gun For Terrorist Jihad
7. May 17, 2013:
Uzbekistan Living in Idaho to Appear in Court on Federal Terrorism Charges
8. June 20, 2013:
American Who Allegedly Fought With Al Qaeda Affiliate In Syria Indicted
9. July 18, 2013:
Florida Teen Faces Charges of Helping Terrorists following Visit to Middle East
10. July 31, 2013:
Police in Colorado Warn of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
11. August 6, 2013:
Man Planning Jihad in Africa Pleads Guilty to Terrorism Charge in Alabama
12. August 6, 2013:
Somali Militant Group Al-Shabaab Praises ‘Martyrs’ from Minnesota
13. August 7, 2013:
Man Sentenced to 5 1/2 Years for Conspiring To Sell Cocaine To Taliban
14. August 8, 2013:
Florida Teen Accused of Training with Middle East Terrorists to Appear In Court
15. August 12, 2013:
West African Drug Traffickers in Prison for Taliban Drug Conspiracy
16. June 26, 2013:
New York Student Sought to Join Al Qaeda, Federal Officials Say
17. July 5, 2013:
Terrorists Dupe Kansas City Al Qaeda Supporter, 2 Others
18. July 30, 2013:DHS loses track of 1 million foreigners; report could hurt immigration deal
19. September 12, 2013:
American Islamic Militant Killed in Somalia: Witnesses
20. September 20, 2013:
American who Allegedly Fought with Al Qaeda in Syria has been Indicted
21. September 30, 2013:
NYC Accountant Sentenced to 18 Years in Prison for Supporting Al-Qaida
22. October 7, 2013:
Missouri Man to be Sentenced for Al Qaeda Support
23. November 20, 2013: US May Have Let ‘Dozens’ of Terrorists into Country As Refugees

[Does not purport to a complete list of events of headlines]

4.4: U.S. Terror Endgame
The goal of the Zionist establishment has always been to merge the Islamic terrorists with those who fly the Confederate Rebel Flag and root for the Ole Miss Rebels in the American South. That way, Americans nobody will be able to tell the difference between the foreign terrorists and the domestic terrorists. This will ultimately allow the Obama administration to eradicate all of its political opposition with autonomous drones while the world cheers them on.

V. U.S.-MEXICO BORDER:

5.1: U.S. Border Security Compromised
The notion that the
U.S.-Mexico border is open to terrorists is a concept that has been propagandized ever since 9/11 and recent events suggest terrorists have been “testing” the border for upcoming attacks. On June 8, 2012, it was reported that a California-born Muslim man was back home on after he discovered he was on the U.S. government’s “no-fly” list. According to the reports, the man was able to walk back over the U.S./Mexico border on foot. A family member allegedly conformed to a San Diego-area TV station that the man had traveled to Egypt during the uprising, but denied he was “the revolutionary type”. Roughly 15 months later on September 5, 2013, a propaganda report entitled, “Iran Recruiting ‘Invisible Army’ Converts to Infiltrate U.S. Through Southern Border”, was published, further confirming that terrorists will infiltrate the U.S. from Mexico.

Border Headlines Trending:

1. April 12, 2013:
DHS Officials Charged with Falsifying Records Related to Border Crimes
2. June 12, 2013:
U.S. and Canadian Drill to “Prevent Cross-Border Terrorist and Criminal Activities”
3. June 21, 2013:
Lockdown USA: Congress Plans 700-Mile ‘Surge’ on Mexico Border
4. August 1, 2013:
Mexican Cartels Hiring US Soldiers as Hit Men
5. August 16, 2013:
US Border Security Data Not Reliable, Government Reports Show
6. October 3, 2013:
Border Patrol Rep Claims Agents Being Ordered to Stand Down
7. October 9, 2013: ACLU to probe allegations of constitutional violations by Border Patrol in Arizona
7. November 17, 2013:
Hundreds of illegal immigrants captured at southern Arizona military post
8. November 21, 2013: Mexican drug cartels exploit asylum system by claiming ‘credible fear’

5.2: U.S.-Mexico Terror Tunnel

If and when Islamic “terrorists” land in South America with a Pakistani nuclear bomb, they will need to make it across the U.S.-Mexico border with the bomb intact and undetected. Recent headlines in respect to both tunnels and terror suggest that the terrorist may use one of the many drug tunnels in Arizona, California or Texas in order to sneak into America.

Border Tunnel Headlines:

1. December 28, 2012:
Authorities Find Smuggling Tunnel Equipped With Electricity Near Border
2. August 5, 2013:
Syria Rebel ‘Moles’ Wage Battle from Underground Tunnels
3. August 6, 2013:
Nasir Wuhayshi, Jail Escapee Via Tunnel Turned Yemen’s Qaeda Head
4. August 24, 2013:
Syrian Soldiers Find Chemical Agents in Rebel Tunnels in Syria
5. October 13, 2013: ‘Terror Tunnel’ Discovered Running from Gaza to Israel

6. October 31, 2013: Feds find drug tunnel linking San Diego, Tijuana

VI. PAKISTAN:

6.1: Pakistani Terror Threat
Starting in June of 2013, there have been numerous warnings that terror groups affiliated with Pakistan may attack the United States. Headlines such as “
Lashkar-e-Taiba Capable of Threatening U.S. Homeland” and “Lashkar-e-Taiba terror group poses new threat to U.S.” confirm that this is part of a state-sponsored terror narrative. In August of 2013, the U.S. predictably responded to these threats by putting a Pakistan-based insurgent leader on the terrorism blacklist as well as freezing his assets. The following month on September 2, 2013, the Pakistani Taliban attacked a U.S. base near Pakistan border, an ominous sign that they will eventually attack within America. A day later on September 3, 2013, a so called top-secret U.S. intelligence file showed new levels of distrust of Pakistan. A few weeks later on September 20, 2013, Pakistan released senior Taliban commander Abdul Ghani Baradar from prison, a move designed to spite the U.S. As the November 24, 2013, nuclear attack date nears, the rhetoric between the U.S. and Pakistan has substantially increased. On November 1, 2013, the Pakistani Taliban vowed a wave of suicide bombs in revenge for the killing of their leader which was killed by a U.S. drone strike. Roughly a week later on November 8, 2013, a CNN headline stated “Pakistan Taliban warns government of revenge attacks after leader’s killing”, further indicating that so called “revenge” attacks from Pakistan are imminent. Then on November 11, 2013, a Pakistani man within the U.S. was charged with attempting to aid terrorist group, ultimately ensuring the Pakistani nuclear terror attack narrative due to alleged help from terror operatives already inside the United States.

Pakistani Headlines:

1. June 12, 2013: Lashkar-e-Taiba Capable of Threatening U.S. Homeland
2. June 30, 2013:
Lashkar-e-Taiba terror group poses new threat to U.S.
3. August 6, 2013: US puts Pakistan-based insurgent leader on terrorism blacklist, freezes assets
4. August 9, 2013:
U.S. issues warning over Pakistan consulate threat
5. August 14, 2013:
Al-Qaeda centre of gravity shifting from Pakistan: analysts
6. August 16, 2013:
Militants attack train in Pakistan, kill 3
7. August 20, 2013: Pakistan seizes 100 tonnes of bomb-making chemicals
8. August 21, 2013:
US sanctions Pakistan school for allegedly training Al Qaeda fighters
9. August 21, 2013:
Pakistan links Quetta ‘bomb-making factory’ to attacks
10. September 2, 2013:
Taliban attack on U.S. base near Pakistan border
11. September 3, 2013:
Top-secret U.S. intelligence files show new levels of distrust of Pakistan
12. September 11, 2013:
Pakistan to free senior Taliban leader Mullah Abdul Ghani Barader
13. September 20, 2013:
Pakistan to release senior Taliban commander Abdul Ghani Baradar
14. September 20, 2013:
Pakistan pilot admits being drunk after UK plane arrest
15. September 21, 2013:
Pakistan busts Facebook kidnap gang
16. September 22, 2013:
78 Killed by Suicide Bomb Attack at Historic Church in Pakistan
17. October 22, 2013: Rights groups challenge U.S. on drone strikes in Pakistan, Yemen
18. October 23, 2013: Pakistani PM demands end to drone strikes as he meets Obama
19. October 28, 2013: Pakistani victims of US drone attack to appear before Congress
20. October 29, 2013: Pakistani girl crawls out of grave after being raped, buried alive
21. November 1, 2013: US drone strike kills head of Pakistani Taliban
22. November 1, 2013: Pakistani Taliban vows wave of suicide bombs in revenge for death of leader
23. November 3, 2013: Pakistan reviews US relationship over Taliban drone kill
24. November 5, 2013: The CIA, Not The Pentagon, Will Keep Running Obama’s Drone War
25. November 6, 2013: Saudi nuclear weapons ‘on order’ from Pakistan
26. November 7, 2013: Pakistani Taliban chooses man who planned Yousafzai attack as new leader
27. November 8, 2013: Pakistan Taliban warns government of revenge attacks after leader’s killing
28. November 11, 2013: Pakistani man charged with attempting to aid terrorist group
29. November 11, 2013: Terror group founder’s son killed in Pakistan
30. November 21, 2013: U.S. drone strike kills 5 in Pakistan
31. November 23, 2013: Thousands block NATO convoy route to protest US drone strikes in Pakistan

[Does not purport to a complete list of events of headlines]

6.2: Motive: Drone Strikes
In order to create a believable nuclear terror narrative, there has to be a good reason as why terrorists affiliated with Pakistan would want to attack the United States. Starting with the alleged assassination of Osama bin Laden in Pakistan on May 1, 2011, the U.S. has been increasingly involved militarily within Pakistan. U.S. drone strikes have purposely targeted children, families, weddings and innocent civilians in a calculated attempt to enrage the Pakistani people, thus creating a motive.
As the November 24, 2013, nuclear attack date nears, the rhetoric between the headlines in respect to controversial U.S. drone attacks in Pakistan has increased. Pakistani drone strike victims were even brought to America to testify before the U.S. Congress. The recent drone assassinations of a Pakistani Taliban leader and his son have ensured that a Pakistani nuclear terror “revenge” attack will commence as the Taliban would naturally want to avenge the death of their dear departed leader. Then on November 7, 2013, it was reported that the Pakistani Taliban chose the man who planned Yousafzai attack as new their leader. The October 9, 2013, attack on Malala Yousafzai was a staged attack on an innocent girl, meant to highlight the barbaric nature of the Pakistani Taliban. Naturally, if the new Taliban leader is willing to attack innocent women, he is willing to nuke America.

Pakistan Drone Headlines:

1. October 22, 2013: Rights groups challenge U.S. on drone strikes in Pakistan, Yemen
2. October 23, 2013: Pakistani PM demands end to drone strikes as he meets Obama
3. October 28, 2013: Pakistani victims of US drone attack to appear before Congress
4. November 1, 2013: US drone strike kills head of Pakistani Taliban
5. November 3, 2013: Pakistan reviews US relationship over Taliban drone kill
6. November 5, 2013: The CIA, Not The Pentagon, Will Keep Running Obama’s Drone War
7. November 11, 2013: Terror group founder’s son killed in Pakistan
8 November 21, 2013: U.S. drone strike kills 5 in Pakistan

[Does not purport to a complete list of events of headlines]

VII. NUCLEAR TERROR:

7.1: Nuclear Terror Trending

Prior to a high-profile nuclear terror attack on America, the public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. In 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of nuclear and radiological-related headlines which will likely culminate in an unprecedented nuclear attack within the United States. Although most of the headlines are in respect to Fukushima, Iran and nuclear reactors in general, they invoke the fear of nuclear terror nonetheless.

2013 Nuclear Headlines:

1. January 5, 2013:
Nuclear Security Helicopters Testing Radiation Levels Above DC Area
2. January 23, 2013:
Weather Service: Nuclear Power Plant Causes Freak Snowstorm
3. January 29, 2013:
Watch 5 nuclear power station towers collapse in slow motion
4. February 3, 2013:
Security breach at nuke plant a wake-up call
5. February 4, 2013:
Wyoming Teen, Builds Nuclear Fusion Reactor In Garage
6. February 7, 2013:
San Onofre nuke plant operator disputes safety claim
7. February 9, 2013:
Outage Shuts Down Plymouth’s Pilgrim Nuclear Power Plant
8. February 17, 2013:
‘No immediate risk’: Nuclear waste tank leaking in Washington
9. February 21, 2013:
Mission to transport 23,000 liters of bomb-grade uranium from Canada to US
10. February 23, 2013:
Governor: 6 tanks leaking radioactive waste at Washington nuclear site
11. February 23, 2013:
Oregon senator to ask for GAO probe of Hanford nuclear site
12. February 25, 2013:
Radiation Panic Grips Mumbai
13. February 26, 2013:
Nuclear waste leak in Wash. “scandalous,” expert says
14. March 13, 2013:
Iran’s Bushehr nuclear power plant taken off line over generator malfunction
15. March 15, 2013:
Dirty bomb material secured in Philadelphia, thousands of sites remain in U.S.
16. March 15, 2013:
Feds Swarm Metra Train After Detecting Nuclear Risk
17. March 18, 2013:
Power outage at crippled Japanese nuclear plant
18. March 29, 2013:
Safety: Jaczko Calls for Phaseout in US, Says Plants Aren’t Safe
19. April 1, 2013:
Accident at Arkansas nuclear site kills man
20. April 2, 2013:
Nuclear board warns of Washington tank explosion risk
21. April 6, 2013:
Japan’s Fukushima nuclear plant leaks contaminated water
22. April 9, 2013:
All US nuclear reactors should be replaced, ‘Band-Aids’ won’t help
23. April 10, 2013:
Gulf States Fear Nuclear Radiation Leak after Iran Earthquake
24. April 12, 2013:
Nuclear waste barrels remain strewn across floor of English Channel – report
25. April 13, 2013:
DOE finalizing plans to dump man-made uranium in Nevada
26. April 14, 2013:
Small Leak Is Discovered at Plant in Fukushima
27. April 15, 2013:
Pilgrim Nuclear Plant forced to shut down
28. April 15, 2013:
Emergency declared after fire at U.S. nuclear plant — Lasted almost 30 minutes
29. April 16, 2013:
Two US nuke plants tighten security after blasts
30. April 18, 2013:
After petition, atomic bomb re-enactment dropped from Ohio air show
31. April 18, 2013:
Emergency declared at U.S. nuclear plant after lightning strike
32. April 19, 2013:
‘First terror drill at US nuclear plant a success’
33. April 21, 2013:
Shots fired at TVA Watts Bar Nuclear Plant
34. May 6, 2013:
Kewaunee to start powering down early Tuesday ahead of permanent closure
35. May 9, 2013:
83-year-old nun convicted of sabotage for breach of US atomic complex
36. May 11, 2013:
Utility investigating vibrations that caused shutdown of nuclear reactor
37. May 13, 2013:
Indian Point To Become First Nuclear Plant To Operate With Expired License
38. May 16, 2013:
North Carolina nuclear plant shut down after crack discovered
39. May 17, 2013:
Radioactive leak found at Palisades Nuclear Power Plant
40. May 23, 2013:
Twin blasts in Niger hit uranium plant, barracks
41. May 25, 2013:
Japanese research lab reports radiation leak
42. May 28, 2013:
SKorea halts 2 nuclear plants for using control cables with fabricated test results
43. May 28, 2013:
Seaweed causes shut down of multiple nuclear reactors
44. June 4, 2013:
Cracks in Iran’s nuclear reactor facility following quakes – diplomats
45. June 7, 2013:
U.S. orders new safety upgrades at nuclear plants
46. June 7, 2013:
California utility says it will retire nuclear plant
47. June 10, 2013:
Bushehr nuclear plant suffered electric generator malfunction
48. June 12, 2013:
Obama Appointee Who Heads U.S. Nuclear Security Agency Is Hacked
49. June 23, 2013:
U.S. engineers to inspect possible leak at Hanford nuclear site
50. July 15, 2013:
Greenpeace activists break into French nuclear plant
51. July 24, 2013:
Indian Point supervisor charged with lying to Nuclear Regulatory Commission
52. August 14, 2013:
North Dakota terror drill deals with radiation devices stolen by terrorists
53. August 15, 2013:
Report: U.S. nuclear plants remain vulnerable to terrorists
54. August 15, 2013:
Are U.S. Nuclear Reactors Protected Against Credible Terrorist Attacks?
55. August 15, 2013:
Indian Point nuclear plant is vulnerable to terror attack: report
56. August 17, 2013: 
Fukushima apocalypse: Duct tape fixes’ could result in ‘millions of deaths’
57. August 21, 2013:
Tank at crippled Fukushima nuclear plant leaks highly radioactive water
58. August 22, 2013: Flier Busted For Iranian Uranium Export Scheme
59. August 28, 2013:
Pa. nuclear plant security failings revealed in terror drill
60. September 20, 2013:
Report: Nuke that fell on N.C. in 1961 almost exploded  
61. September 28, 2013:
No. 2 U.S. nuke commander suspended amid probe
62. October 1, 2013:
Large Swedish nuclear reactor forced to shut after jellyfish clog water pipes
63. October 22, 2013: US nuclear missile launch officers repeatedly compromised bunker safety
64. October 22, 2013: A look at violations by officers in nuclear force
65. October 23, 2013: Air Force officials in charge of nukes left open blast door
66. October 24, 2013: Missile doors left open while Air Force nuclear officer slept

67. October 19, 2013: INTERPOL Exercise Boosts Radiological And Nuclear Terrorism Response
68. November 2, 2013: How a war game brought the world to the brink of nuclear disaster
69. November 12, 2013: US-Israeli computer super-worm hit Russian nuclear plant – Kaspersky

70. November 20, 2013: Nuke troubles run deep; key officers “burned out”
71. November 20, 2013: Nuclear regulators crack firewalls to access porn
72. November 21, 2013: What’s the nuclear option?

[Does not purport to a complete list of events of headlines]

About the Author
David Chase Taylor is an American journalist and the editor-in-chief of Truther.org. Taylor currently lives in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with foiling a state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has also authored The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the 2013 global bio-terror pandemic. To date, Truther.org has identified and exposed over 50 Obama sanctioned terror plots, as well as the Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. State-Sponsored Terror Threat Assessments (SSTTA), assertions, and forecasts made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically occur based on the cited date. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Blessed are the Peacemakers. Namaste

Truther RSS

August 24 Truther.org Logo

Download & Forward PDF

David Chase Taylor
August 24, 2013
Truther.org

SWITZERLAND, Zürich — Based on breaking news and events, it appears that U.S. President Barack Obama has officially authorized an unprecedented domestic bio-terror attack which will ultimately spark the bio-terror pandemic planned for 2013.

As the Yahoo News headline from January 30, 2013 so ominously foreshadowed, “US ‘Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapon Attack On Syria, Blame It On Assad Government’”. This headline is correct in theory, except it must be revered. It should read: “Zionist Plan To Launch Bio-Chemical Attack On U.S. And Blame Syrian Rebels, AL Qaeda And White American Gun Owners”.

AUTHORS NOTE
: Due to time constraints and the highly complex nature of this particular state-sponsored terror plot, this Truther.org terror warning was rushed to publication and therefore may contain formatting and spelling errors. Please forgive us, we are trying our best. Namaste.

Download & Forward PDF

These attacks, should they happen, will most likely occur simultaneously on August 24, 2013, and will consist of a “Nazi/White Supremacist” gun massacre with assault rifles at the 2013 Civil Rights Game in Chicago, Illinois, Obama’s home city and state, followed by an Al Qaeda/Syrian Rebel “Jihad” attack on the 2013 Irwin Tools Night NASCAR race in Bristol, Tennessee, which will likely consist of grenade and missile launcher attack laced with a biological agent such as anthrax or smallpox. Exactly once month prior on July 24, 2013, it was reported that cyanide laden truck was hijacked in Africa and still missing. Whether or not cyanide will play a role in the attacks is not known, but it is possible.

Obama/Al Qaeda Terror Targets:

1. August 24, 2013: 2013 MLB Civil Rights Game (7:10 PM-EST): (Chicago, Illinois)
2. August 24, 2013:
NASCAR: 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race (7:30 PM-EST) (Bristol, Tennessee)
3. Date Unknown: U.S. Nuclear Reactors (104 locations throughout U.S.)
4. Date Unknown:
Sierra Army Depot (Herlong, California)

Targets #1 and #2 have been chosen to forever link Al Qaeda and the Syrian Rebels terrorists with white American gun owners who oppose Obama. The Syrian “Rebels” were given their particular name because there is a plan to eventually merge them with those who allegedly fly the Confederate Rebel Flag in the American South. By conducting the terror attacks at the exact same time, the “terrorists” will appear to be working in collusion, which is exactly the plan and the point. The twin terror attacks will bring about the so called “White Al Qaeda” in order to give Obama cart blanch to authorize drone strikes on white American citizens.

In the aftermath of the “live” TV terror attacks, the terrorists, both white and Arab, will allegedly begin conducting terror strikes across America. The secondary targets will most likely be any number of the 104 nuclear terror reactors which according to an August 15, 2013 report remain vulnerable to terrorists. In the wake of a biological and radiological haze, the Rebels will seize the Sierra Army Depot in Herlong, California, where millions of tons of U.S. Army equipment is stored consisting of 35,000 military vehicles and 95,000 military containers. The heist will likely be led in part by Staff Sergeant Joe “Rambo” Biggs who has been featured on the STRATFOR agent Alex Jones radio show continuously for the last few months.

Aside from the 9,000 service men and women from 27 states and territories and every branch of the U.S. military participated in massive bio-terror drill from July 27 through August 27, 2013, breaking news in respect to WMD terror warnings released by both Al Qaeda and the FBI again showing that they are in fact one in the same entity. Although there are literally thousands of propaganda articles in respect to bio-terror, a few recently published reports suggest that a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic are just around the corner. Breaking headlines such as “What You Should Know About Biological Warfare”, “Bioterrorism: A Dirty Little Threat With Huge Potential Consequences”, “Cities Might Not Be as Prepared as They Think for a Bioterrorism Attack”, “Bioterrorism Attacks, Are You Ready for World War B?” and “How Russia Neutered Obama’s Chemical Weapons Response” indicate that bioterror is imminent.

Islamic Terror Headlines:

1. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks
2. July 31, 2013: Police in Colorado Warn Of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
3. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Committee: Terror Threat ‘Specific’ And ‘Serious’ Included Dates
4. August 19, 2013:
Al Qaeda Terrorists ‘Aim To Israeli, Jewish Targets Worldwide’ In Coming Weeks
5. August 22, 2013: FBI Chief Worries Terrorists Will Again Target Planes Or Pull Off A WMD Attack

6. August 23, 2013: FBI Director Says Al Qaeda May Postpone Plans To Attack US Sites Overseas

Operation Northwoods 2.0 Redux
Half of this particular terror plot is a redux of the now foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” and will likely consist of a concoction of alleged Islamic “terrorists” potentially including  but not limited to Al Qaeda, Al Shabaab, Boko Haram, the Free Syrian Army (Rebels), Libyan Rebels, the Lord’s Resistance Army, and Somali Pirates. The amount of “free” terrorists has multiplied exponentially in the last year due to at least 14 prison breaks across Africa and the Middle East. These terrorists will likely hijack a ship, hold the captains hostage, and make their way from Northern Africa and the Middle East through the Strait of Gibraltar and across the Atlantic Ocean to South America, most likely Panama, and enter the U.S. by way of Mexico in order attack their hated enemy—The United States. Coincidentally, on August 20, 2013, it was reported that a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this is the terrorist laden ship has yet to be determined, but the Biblical narrative of Jonah and the whale cannot be dismissed. Once in on the ground in the United States, the terrorists will link up with homegrown Muslim extremists who according to an August 5, 2013 report, already have orders and are in place for attacks. According to a July 31, 2013, report, Al-Qaida want to free their brethren held captive in Guantanamo Detainees a reverse of “Operation Northwoods 2.0”  terror plot which featured African terrorists was foiled on April 4, 2013.

Live TV Terror
Prior to a “live” nationally syndicated high-profile terror attack, the American public must be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. Hollywood movie propaganda is a slick way of showing that yes, it can happen. In the hit series “Homeland” (9th episode (21st overall) entitled “Two Hats”) which aired November 25, 2012, terrorist leader “Abu Nazir” was plotting a terror attack and planned to film the attack on live television in order to disseminate it globally. In this particular case, the U.S. government is planning on doing the exact same thing.  August 24, 2013 is coincidentally Yahoo! National Draft Day and therefore millions of people will be playing fantasy football and watching live terror attacks at Buffalo Wild Wings who is sponsoring the event.

Terror Attack Aftermath  
As America collectively reels from the shock of the Illinois and Tennessee terror attacks, the “terrorists” will spread throughout America like a plague conducting further acts of terror most likely consisting of 9/11 style aerial attacks and suicide bombings against U.S. airports, bio-labs, churches, courthouses, dams, hospitals, landmarks, malls, nuclear reactors, ports, oil and gas facilities, power plants, schools, sporting events, universities and other soft targets. They will be aided by thousands of two-way radios which were lost by the U.S. Marshals and the 1 million foreigners recently “lost” by Homeland Security.

Martial Law
These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America and construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.This terror narrative is of course laughable as it is well known that the Israeli Mossad was behind the 9/11 attacks as well as many others. Naturally, once America was biologically and radiologically active, the stock markets would crash and the U.S. economy would come to a standstill. On August 8, 2013, Zionist operative Marc Faber, operating on inside knowledge,  warned that 1987-style crash is coming.

Motives for Terror
In order to drum up a “motive” for both Islamic terror attacks and Nazi terror attacks in America, an unprecedented number of events have occurred within the month just prior to the planned state-sponsored terror attacks. Whether it’s the numerous terrorists which have been convicted in August or the two whites which have allegedly been killed at the hands of black males, the potential motives for and attack are endless. Naturally, the white terror attack will be directly at Obama and on August 21, 2013, it was reported that a Homeland Security Employee was preparing for a coming race war.

Islamic Headlines & Motives:

1. August 7, 2013: Producer Of Anti-Islam Film On Supervised Release From Prison
2. August 10, 2013: Al Jazeera America: Will U.S. Viewers Buy It?
3. August 15, 2013: Million Muslim March Planned In DC on Anniversary of 9-11
4. August 23 2013: Fort Hood Jihad Shooter Convicted On All Counts
5. August 23, 2013: Somali-American man convicted in 2010 Christmas bomb plot apologizes
6. August 23, 2013: Florida imam sentenced to 25 years for financially supporting Pakistani Taliban
7. August 23, 2013: Appeals court affirms convictions of 4 men in plot to blow up NYC synagogues
8. August 23, 2013: US soldier apologizes for ‘cowardice’ in murder of 16 Afghan civilians
9. August 21, 2013: Fort Hood shooting rampage says ‘illegal war’ provoked the 2009 attack

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Race War Headlines & Motives:

1. August 22, 2013: ‘Paula Deen SHOOTS Trayvon Martin’ in new ‘Law & Order SVU’
2. August 23, 2013: WWII Vet, 88, beaten to death by black teens
3. August 22, 2013: Chilling 911 call details final moments of Melbourne baseballer Chris Lane’s life
4. August 22, 2013: Buchanan: ‘Interracial violence is overwhelmingly black-on-white’

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

Obama’s Counterterrorism Speech
As the May 22nd, 2013, Atlantic Wire headlines correctly states, “Obama Is Set To Reset The War On Terror”. U.S. President Obama’s speech given at the National Defense University in Washington D.C. on May 23, 2013, eerily foreshadows the upcoming terror attacks: “Now make no mistake: Our nation is still threatened by terrorists…America is at a crossroads. We must define the nature and scope of this struggle, or else it will define us….We’ve seen the emergence of various al-Qaida affiliates. From Yemen to Iraq, from Somalia to North Africa, the threat today is more diffuse, with al-Qaida’s affiliates in the Arabian Peninsula, AQAP, the most active in plotting against our homeland. And while none of AQAP’s efforts approach the scale of 9/11, they have continued to plot acts of terror…Unrest in the Arab world has also allowed extremists to gain a foothold in countries like Libya and Syria…And that means we’ll face more localized threats like what we saw in Benghazi, or the BP oil facility in Algeria…And finally, we face a real threat from radicalized individuals here in the United States…Deranged or alienated individuals, often U.S. citizens or legal residents, can do enormous damage, particularly when inspired by larger notions of violent jihad…So that’s the current threat. Lethal, yet less capable, al-Qaida affiliates, threats to diplomatic facilities and businesses abroad, homegrown extremists. This is the future of terrorism…Our actions are effective. Don’t take my word for it.”

Obama’s ‘Red Line’
On August 21, 2012, it was reported that U.S. President Obama declared the threat of chemical or biological warfare in Syria a “red line”, outlining for the first time the point at which his administration could feel forced to intervene militarily in the country. Speaking to reporters Obama warned, “That’s an issue that doesn’t just concern Syria. It concerns our close allies in the region, including Israel. It concerns us”. “We cannot have a situation where chemical or biological weapons are falling into the hands of the wrong people.” Ten months later, Obama’s “red line” in respect to Syria’s use of chemical weapons was officially “crossed” on June 13, 2013. Although it’s not for certain, Obama’s “Red Line” may in fact be in respect to getting approximately 8,600 bio-terror ready soldiers prepped for a bio-terror attack.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. Al QAEDA 2.0
2. THE SYRIAN “REBELS”
3. PAKISTAN
4: ISLAMIC PRISON BREAKS
5. SHIP HIJACK
6. THE HOSTAGES
7. CROSSING THE U.S. BORDER
8. CHICAGO “RACE WAR” ATTACK
9. MILITIA & HOMEGROWN TERROR
10. 2013 VIBRANT BIO-TERROR RESPONSE DRILL
11. NASCAR BIO-TERROR ATTACKS
12. NUCLEAR REACTOR ATTACKS
13. CONCLUSION

1. AL QAEADA 2.0:

1.1: Al Qaeda Bio-Terror
The marriage between Al Qaeda and chemical/biological weapons was made just after 9/11, but has recently been featured in the recent reports entitled ““Al Qaeda plot to use toy planes in chemical attack foiled, Iraqi officials say, “Iraq forces raid suspected terror cell making chemicals for gas weapons and “MI6 warning: ‘Catastrophe’ if chemical weapons fall into Al-Qaeda hands. Now that Al Qaeda has allegedly joined the Syrian Rebels, there is a convenient excise as to where Al Qaeda was able to obtain their chemical weapons.

1.2: Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted To Syria
On November 28, 2011, it was reported that the same Al-Qaeda terrorists who fought U.S. troops in Iraq and helped NATO overthrow Colonel Gaddafi in Libya were airlifted into Syria to aid rebels there topple President Bashar al-Assad. “There is something being planned to send weapons and even Libyan fighters to Syria,” a Libyan source told the London Telegraph, speaking on condition of anonymity. “There is a military intervention on the way. Within a few weeks you will see.” In a separate report, the Telegraph reported that terrorist commander Abdulhakim Belhadj, now head of the Tripoli Military Council, “met with Free Syrian Army leaders in Istanbul and on the border with Turkey,” after being sent there by Mustafa Abdul Jalil, the interim Libyan president. What role these Al Qaeda “terrorists” will play in a future Syrian biological or chemical attack on Israel is yet to be seen.

1.3: Al-Qaeda has Created Brigade to Hijack Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On May 15, 2012, it was reported that Robert Tilford, a former soldier and a graduate of the U.S. Army Infantry School in Georgia, stated in writing that al-Qaeda members have created their own brigades in an effort to take over Syria and their dangerous chemical weapons stockpile. “U.S. officials deny al-Qaeda is part of the rebel movement it is helping to arm and equip in some cases…but that is another story,” Tilford said. “The fact is the US has no good plan on what to do if Syria collapses, the military loses control or if Al-Qaeda manages to steal chemical weapons from one or all of the more than 50 suspected sites in that country.”

1.4: Al-Qaeda-Trained Terrorists Sent To Syria From Pakistan

On September 4, 2012, it was reported that Al-Qaeda, backed by Turkey, the US and its regional Arab allies, has set up a new camp in Northern Waziristan in Pakistan to train Salafi and Jihadi terrorists and dispatches them to Syria via Turkish borders. An undisclosed source stated that, “A new Al-Qaeda has been created in the region through the financial and logistical backup of Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and a number of western states, specially the US”. According to the report, the Saudi and Qatari regimes serve as interlocutors to facilitate the CIA and MI6 plans in Syria through instigating terrorist operations by Salafi and Arab Jihadi groups, adding that the terrorists do not know that they actually exercise the US plans. ”Turkey has also been misusing extremist Salafis and Al-Qaeda terrorists to intensify the crisis in Syria and it has recently augmented its efforts in this regard by helping the new Al-Qaeda branch set up a camp in Northern Waziristan in Pakistan to train Al-Qaeda and Taliban members as well as Turkish Salafis and Arab Jihadis who are later sent to Syria for terrorist operations,” said the source. He said the Al Qaeda camp in Waziristan is not just a training center, but a command center for terrorist operations against Syria.

1.5: Al Qaeda & Syrian Rebel Merger
Why the Zionist media continues to be the mouthpiece for alleged terror groups is self-evident, but on April 9, 2013, it was reported that Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and a Syria militant group had announced a merger. Roughly two months later on June 10, 2013, it was reported that an Al Qaeda leader had rejected the merger between the Syrian and Iraqi terror networks. The on and off again merger between the Al Qaeda and Syria was to show that the two sides are in communication and therefore it would be more likely that they would in fact work together in an attack on America.

Al Qaeda Trending:

1. December 1, 2012: US Official Signals End To War Against Al-Qaeda
2. December 1, 2012: Pentagon’s Says Military Fight Against Al-Qaida Not An Open-Ended Conflict
3. December 10, 2012: Al Qaeda May Have Chemical Weapons, Spain’s Counter-Terror Chief Warns
4. February 21, 2013: UK Trial Reveals New Al Qaeda Strategy To Hit West
5. April 9, 2013: Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger
6. April 9, 2013: New York Terrorism Trial Set Jan. 7 For Bin Laden’s Son-in-Law
7. April 11, 2013: Canadian Accused Of Ties To Al-Qaida Militants Serving 2 Years In Mauritanian Prison
8. April 15, 2013: Troops Kill At Least 7 Suspected Al-Qaida-Linked Terrorists In New Offensive
9. April 17, 2013: Iraq Hangs 21 Al Qaeda-Linked Prisoners
10. April 21, 2013: Illinois Man Tried To Join Al Qaeda-Linked Group, FBI Says
11. May 2, 2013: Judge Releases Illinois Man Accused Of Trying To Join Al-Qaida-Linked In Syria
12. May 15, 2013: Inside The Ring: Al Qaeda Websites Hacked
13. May 18, 2013: Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over The Oilfields Once Belonging To Assad
14. June 2, 2013: Al Qaeda Plot To Use Toy Planes In Chemical Attack Foiled, Iraqi Officials Say
15. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks
16. June 3, 2013: Iraq forces raid suspected terror cell making chemicals for gas weapons
17. June 10, 2013: Al Qaeda Leader Rejects Merger Between Syria, Iraq Branches Of Terror Network
18. June 11, 2013: Manual Left Behind In Mali Suggests Al Qaeda To Use Surface-To-Air Missiles
19. June 20, 2013: American Who Allegedly Fought With Al Qaeda Affiliate In Syria Indicted
20. June 21, 2013: Spanish Police Smash Al-Qaeda Ring In Ceuta
21. June 26, 2013: Al Qaeda, Terrorists Changing Communication Methods After NSA leaks
22. June 26, 2013: New York student sought to join Al Qaeda, federal officials say
23. July 5, 2013: Terrorists dupe Kansas City Al Qaeda supporter, 2 others
24. July 11, 2013: MI6 warning: ‘Catastrophe’ if chemical weapons fall into Al-Qaeda hands
25. July 22, 2013: Over 500 ‘Al-Qaeda Militants’ Escape Iraq’s Abu Ghraib In Violent Break-Out
26. July 22, 2013: Al Qaeda Growing, But Less Focused On US, Study Finds
27. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda Extremists Hold 200 Kurdish Civilians Hostage As ‘Live Shield’ In Syria
28. July 24, 2013: Al-Qaeda Is Expanding And Its ‘Most Significant Foreign Enemy’ Is France
29. July 26, 2013: Pakistan May Seek To Trade Hero Afridi For Al Qaeda-Linked Terrorist
30. July 30, 2013: Court Hears Appeal Of Mass. Man Convicted Of Conspiring To Help Al-Qaida
31. July 30, 2013: Al-Qaeda Backers Found With U.S. Contracts In Afghanistan
32. July 31, 2013: Al-Qaida Leader Says Group Will Try To Free Guantanamo Detainees
33. August 1, 2013: US Closing Embassies In Mideast For A Day Amid Possible Qaeda Threat
34. August 1, 2013: Al-Qaeda Trainees In New Zealand: PM
35. August 2, 2013: U.S. Issues Global Travel Alert Over Al-Qaeda Threat
36. August 3, 2013: Rep. Peter King Says Al Qaeda Threat Is ‘Very Specific’ As US Issues Travel Alert
37. August 3, 2013: Interpol Issues Global Security Alert Regarding Al Qaeda
38. August 3, 2013: Interpol Suspects Al-Qaeda In Recent Jailbreaks
39. August 3, 2013: Intel Community Worried Obama Disclosed Too Much About Latest Al Qaeda Threat
40. August 3, 2013: Federal Officials Boosting Security Efforts Inside US Homeland
41. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Official Killed By Suspected Al-Qaida Gunmen In Central Yemen
42. August 4, 2013: Yemen Oil Pipeline Hit For Second Time In 10 Days
43. August 4, 2013: Yemen Ups Security Amid Fears Of Qaeda Threat
44. August 4, 2013: Intelligence Committee: Terror Threat ‘Specific’ And ‘Serious’ Included Dates
45. August 4, 2013: Security Tight At Mideast Missions As US Assesses Qaeda Threat
46. August 5, 2013: Terrorists Already Have Orders, Could Be In Place For Attacks
47. August 5, 2013: Global Terror Alert Inconsistent With U.S. Portrayal Of Weakened Al Qaida
48. August 5, 2013: Yemen Releases Names Of 25 Al-Qaida Figures Planning Attacks Across Country
49. August 5, 2013: Iraqi Forces Kill Six ‘Qaeda’ Militants: General
50. August 5, 2013: Yemen’s AQAP, Al-Qaeda’s Most Active Arm
51. August 5, 2013: Pakistan Probes Possible Al-Qaeda Link To Jailbreak
52. August 5, 2013: Source: Al Qaeda Leader Urged Affiliate To ‘Do Something’
53. August 5, 2013: US Special Forces On Alert Overseas To Strike Any Potential Al Qaeda Targets
54. August 6, 2013: Terror Alert Spurs Extra Screening Of Cargo Flown Into U.S.
55. August 6, 2013: State Dept. Urges US Citizens To Leave Yemen Over Al Qaeda Threat
56. August 6, 2013: Drone Strikes Kill Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen; Americans Urged To Leave
57. August 6, 2013: Al Qaeda Threat: Officials Fear ‘Ingenious’ Liquid Explosive
58. August 6, 2013: Al Qaida Groups Lead Syrian Rebels’ Seizure Of Air Base
59. August 6, 2013: Nasir Wuhayshi, Jail Escapee Via Tunnel Turned Yemen’s Qaeda Head
60. August 6, 2013: Al Qaeda Militants Shoot Down Helicopter In Yemen, 8 Killed
61. August 6, 2013: Suspected US Drone Kills 7 Al Qaeda Militants In Southern Yemen
62. August 6, 2013: 3 US Drone Strikes Kill 12 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen, Officials Say
63. August 6, 2013: ‘Martyred’ American Muslim Extremists Still Recruiting For Al Qaeda In Somalia
64. August 7, 2013: Yemen Foiled Al Qaeda Plot To Attack Ports, Oil And Gas Facilities
65. August 7, 2013: Al Qaeda Conference Call Intercepted By U.S. Officials Sparked Alerts
66. August 7, 2013: Continued Threat Posed By Top Al-Qaida Leaders As Global Network Matures
67. August 7, 2013: UN Report: Al Qaeda Down, But Not Out
68. August 7, 2013: Al-Qaeda Replacing Assad Is The Biggest Threat To US Security
69. August 8, 2013: Suspected U.S. Drone Kills 6 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen
70. August 8, 2013: Former Guantanamo Bay Prisoners Form Al Qaeda In Yemen AQAP Back In 2006
71. August 8, 2013: Al Qaeda Drives Iraq Toward Chaos; U.S. Withdrawal Left Door Open
72. August 9, 2013: More Suspected Al Qaeda Militants Killed As Drone Strikes Intensify In Yemen
73. August 9, 2013: Yemen: 7 Saudis Among Al Qaeda Militants Killed By Drones
74. August 9, 2013: Most Embassies To Reopen After Al-Qaeda Threat
75. August 9, 2013: Obama Doubles Down: Al-Qaeda ‘Decimated’
76. August 9, 2013: Al Qaeda Terrorist In Yemen Connected To Embassy Threats Left Jihad Blueprint
77. August 9, 2013: Saudi Police Arrest 2 Suspected Al-Qaida Militants
78. August 9, 2013: Yemenis Call U.S. Drone Strikes An Overreaction To Al Qaida Threat
79. August 10, 2013: Britain’s Foreign Aid Has Fallen Into Hands Of Al-Qaeda, DfiD Admits
80. August 10, 2013: Suspected U.S. Drone Strike Kills 2 Al Qaeda Militants In Yemen
81. August 11, 2013: Suspected Al-Qaida Militants Kill 5 Yemeni Soldiers At Checkpoint
82. August 11, 2013: Al Qaeda Gunmen Kill Five Yemeni Troops Guarding Liquid Natural Gas Plant
83. August 12, 2013: AQAP Chief Vows To Free Jailed Al-Qaeda Members
84. August 12, 2013: Al-Qaida Claims Responsibility For Deadly Attacks In Iraq Which Killed 69
85. August 12, 2013: Top Al-Qaida Operative Vows In Internet Message To FreeJailed Fellow Fighters
86. August 13, 2013: Al-Qaeda Kills Yemeni Soldiers In City Capture Attempt
87. August 14, 2013: Al-Qaeda Centre Of Gravity Shifting From Pakistan: Analysts
88. August 15, 2013: Al-Qaida Militants Kill 2 Young Shiite Men Execution Style
89. August 17, 2013: Brother Of Al-Qaida’s Top Leader Ayman Al-Zawahri Arrested In Egypt
90. August 17, 2013: 17 Dead As Qaeda Attacks Syria Kurd Town: Watchdog
91. August 17, 2013: Iraq Would ‘Welcome’ US Drones To Fight Al-Qaeda
92. August 18, 2013: Twitter Trolls Al-Qaeda: Extremist Hashtag Flooded With Jihad ‘PR Advice’
93. August 18, 2013: American Al-Qaeda Terrorist Urges Attacks On US Diplomats
94. August 18, 2013: American-Born Al Qaeda Militant Praises Benghazi Attack, Urges More Violence
95. August 19, 2013: Al-Qaeda ‘Targeting European Rail Network’: Report
96. August 19, 2013: Al Qaeda Terrorists ‘Aim To Israeli, Jewish Targets Worldwide’ In Coming Weeks
97. August 20, 2013: Kurdish Militias Clash With Al-Qaida-Linked Rebel Faction In Northeastern Syria
98. August 21, 2013: US sanctions Pakistan school for allegedly training Al Qaeda fighters
99. August 21, 2013: Security head in Yemen’s Aden dead in ‘Qaeda’ attack
100. August 22, 2013: Bomb kills pro Al-Qaeda commander in Pakistan
101. August 23, 2013: FBI Director Says Al Qaeda May Have Postponed Plans To Attack US Overseas

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2. THE SYRIAN “REBELS”
:

2.1: Libyan/Syrian/Al Qaeda Rebels
The U.S. and NATO are not shy about admitting that they fund and arm Al Qaeda because they want the American public to see them as criminal in order to bait Americans into a civil-war which will surely destroy America. On March 29, 2011, a top ranking NATO Commander admitted that elements of “Al Qaeda” are amongst the Libyan rebel fighters currently receiving financial and military support from U.S.  According to the report, Admiral James Stavridis, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander of Europe and commander of U.S. European Command, stated during a hearing in the U.S. Senate that, “We are examining very closely the content, composition, the personalities, who are the leaders of these opposition forces…We have seen flickers in the intelligence of potential al Qaeda, Hezbollah, we’ve seen different things.” Stavridis said, while adding that the rebel’s leadership appeared to be comprised also of “responsible men and women”. Eleven months later on February 26, 2012, then U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton stated that, “We have a very dangerous set of actors in the region, Al-Qaeda, Hamas, and those who are on our terrorist list, to be sure, supporting – claiming to support the opposition [in Syria].” A few weeks later on March 13, 2013, it was reported that James Clapper, the Director of National Intelligence, filed his annual report to Congress on the threats facing the United States in which he stated that the bigger concern is the rising influence and strength of the al-Nusra Front, an “al Qaeda in Iraq” offshoot who is among the Syrian rebels. Coincidentally, on June 20, 2013, it was reported that an American who allegedly fought with Al Qaeda affiliate in Syria has been indicted for terrorism.

CIA Funding & Arming & Al Qaeda in Libya and Syria:

1. March 25, 2011: Libyan Rebel Commander Admits His Fighters Have Al-Qaeda Links (Telegraph)
2. March 29, 2011: Intelligence On Libya Rebels Shows “Flickers” Of Qaeda (Reuters)
3. March 29, 2011: Rice: Obama Has Not Ruled Out Military Support For Libyan Rebels (CNS News)
4. August 22, 2011: Britain’s MI6 Played Secret Role In Fall Of Tripoli (Telegraph)
5. August 22, 2011: CIA-Backed Groups And Al-Qaeda-Linked LIFG On Top  In Libya (Asian Tribune)
6. August 23, 2011: SAS Troopers Help Co-Ordinate Rebel Attacks In Libya (Guardian)
7. August 24, 2011: West Fears Al-Qaeda Could Seize Gaddafi Weapons – Paper (Rianovosti)
8. August 28, 2011: Libya Ex-Islamic Terrorist Leader Heads Tripoli Military Council (Digital Journal)
9. November 2, 2011: Al Qaeda Flag Flying Proudly Over Birthplace Of Libya’s Revolution (Telegraph)
10. November 25, 2011: Libya’s New Rulers Offer Weapons To Syrian Rebels (Telegraph)
11. November 27, 2011: Leading Libyan Islamist Met Free Syrian Army Opposition Group (Telegraph)
12. November 28, 2011: Al-Qaeda Terrorists Airlifted From Libya To Aid Syrian Opposition (Infowars)
13. March 1, 2012: Hillary Clinton Admits US And Al-Qaeda On Same Side in Syria (Infowars)
14. May 14, 2012: Al-Qaeda Rebel Pictured With UN Observers In Syria (Infowars)
15. June 21, 2012: C.I.A. Said To Aid In Steering Arms To Syrian Opposition (New York Times)
16. July 30, 2012: Al-Qaida Turns Tide For Rebels In Battle For Eastern Syria (Guardian)
17. August 1, 2012: Exclusive: Obama Authorizes Secret U.S. Support For Syrian Rebels (Reuters)
18. August 2, 2012: Report: Obama OKs Support For Syrian Rebels (USA Today)
19. September 19, 2012: New Video Shows Obama-Backed Syrian Rebels Burning U.S. Flag (Infowars)
20. October 6, 2012: Syrian Rebel: ‘We Won’t Stop Until Al-Qaeda Flag Over White House’ (Infowars)
21. December 5, 2012: Syrian Rebels: “When We Finish With Assad, We Will Fight the U.S.” (Infowars)
22. December 2, 2012: Al Qaida-Linked Syrian Rebels Key To Anti-Assad Victories (McClatchy)
23. December 8, 2012: Syrian Rebels Tied To Al Qaeda Play Key Role In War (New York Times)
24. December 10, 2012: Syrian Rebels Defy U.S. And Pledge Allegiance To Jihadi Group (Telegraph)
25. January 30, 2013: U.S. “Backed Plan To Launch Chemical Weapons Attack On Syria (Yahoo)
26. April 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Appear To Have British-Made AS-50 Sniper Rifle (Fox News)
27. April 9, 2013:
Al Qaeda’s Iraq Branch And Syria Militant Group Announce Merger (Fox News)
28. March 31, 2013:
Syria Accuses Rebels Of Setting Fire To Oil Wells (Fox News)
25. May 9, 2013:
U.S. Sending $100 Million ln Aid Package To Syria (RT)
26. May 18, 2013: Al-Qaeda’s Syrian Wing Takes Over Assad Oilfields (Telegraph)
27. June 3, 2013: New Al Qaeda Video Urges Boston-Like Homeland Attacks (ABC News)
26. June 15, 2013: CIA Will Lead U.S. Effort To Arm, Train Syrian Rebel Forces (Fox News)
27. July 11, 2013: Money, Guns Flowing From Kuwait To Syria’s Radical Rebel Factions (Fox News)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.2: “Rebels” Plan to Secure Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On May 30, 2012, it was reported that a senior figure in the Syrian opposition stated that the rebels plan to take control of Syria’s chemical weapons depots and secure them in the hours following the collapse of the regime. The rebel leader, a former senior officer in the Syrian Army speaking on the condition of anonymity, stated that the opposition knows the locations of the chemical weapons stores and plans to quickly move to secure them.so that the chemical weapons won’t fall into the hands of terrorists.

2.3: “Terrorists” May Already Have Access to Syria’s Chemical Weapons

On June 12, 2012, it was reported that terrorist groups inside Syria may have gained access to chemical weapons already. In response to the shocking news, Yair Naveh, the Deputy Military Chief of the Israeli Defense Force, announced on that Syria had one of the biggest chemical weapons stockpiles worldwide and could use the weapons to attack Israel. The report also confirms the rumor that the Syrian “rebels” plan to use the chemical weapons on the Syrian people, or Israel, and place the blame on the Syrian army.

2.4: Concern Grows Over Syria’s Chemical Weapons Potential Bio-Terror

On June 22, 2012, it was reported that key western governments and neighboring countries are concerned about the fate of Syria’s major stockpile of chemical weapons if the regime of Bashar al-Assad should fall. “Syria has one of the world’s largest chemical weapon arsenals, including traditional chemical agents, such as mustard, and more modern nerve agents, such as Sarin, and possibly persistent nerve agents, such as VX,” stated Leonard Spector, the executive director of the Washington-based James Martin Center for Nonproliferation Studies. “Syria is thought to have a number of major chemical weapon complexes, some in areas of current conflict, such as the Homs and Hama regions. The bases are said to be guarded by elite forces, but whether they would stay at their posts if the Assad regime collapses cannot be predicted.” Spector stated futher that, “Conceivably, the Assad government could use some of these agents against rebel forces or even civilians in an effort to intimidate them into submission…Or insurgents could overrun one of the chemical weapon sites and threaten to use some of these weapons, in extremis, if threatened with overwhelming force by the Syrian army.”

2.5: U.S. Report Finds Active Biological Weapons Programs In Syria
On September 7, 2005, it was reported that the U.S. State Department found that Iran, North Korea, Russia and Syria are maintaining biological weapons programs. The findings were outlined in the State Department’s “Adherence to and Compliance with Arms Control, Nonproliferation, and Disarmament Agreements and Commitments” report. According to the report,  Iran is believed to have an offensive biological weapons program; North Korea has a “dedicated, national-level effort to develop a BW capability; Russia “continues to maintain” a weapons program; and Syria would be in violation of the Biological Weapons Convention if it was a member.

2.6: Syria May Start Global Smallpox Pandemic
In respect to the Syrian WMD program Bellamy-Dekker stated, “The Syrians have a modus operandi of covert operations and deniability,” she stressed, “so biological weapons are absolutely perfect for them.” “The Syrians now consider biological weapons as part of their arsenal,” Bellamy-Decker said. “The Syrian military is also beginning to plan the eventual integration of biological weapons in its tactical and strategic arsenals.” “All indications suggest that Syria’s ultimate objective is to mount biological warheads on all varieties of the long-range surface-to-surface missiles in its possession,” Bellamy-Decker maintained. “This is a goal that can probably be achieved within a few years, and it may already have been realized in part.” “A terrorist bio-attack could go global,” she noted. “A good biological hit will spread rapidly with international travel. Smallpox is a better weapon than anthrax. Smallpox has been field-tested, it is highly stable, and highly communicable, especially if you look at some of the strains the Russians manipulated. Syria probably retained some of [its] smallpox strains from the last outbreak back in 1972.”

2.7: Syrian Chemical Weapons Could Fall Into “Terrorist Hands”
On August 30, 2011, it was reported that U.S. officials are closely monitoring the political turmoil Syria along with their alleged stockpile of deadly chemical gases and delivery systems. According to the report, officials are deeply concerned that political dissidents or terrorist organizations may take advantage of the instability in Syria to acquire some of the nation’s weapons of mass destruction. Officials do not believe any weapon sites have yet been compromised, but officials do fear that the Syrian government could lose control of its chemical cache if the country descends even further into political disarray. The chemical stockpile in Syria is believed to include a large amount of mustard gas, Sarin gas, as well as the missile systems required to deliver those chemical weapons.

Syrian Rebels Bio-Chemical Headlines Trending:

1. December 2, 2012: Turkey requested Nato missile defences over Syria chemical weapons fears
2. December 3, 2012: Syria moves chemical weapons, White House warns of crossing ‘red line’
3. December 6, 2012: Syria mixes chemical weapons for potential use in bombs, US source says
4. December 8, 2012: Syria warns rebels may use chemical weapons
5. December 9, 2012: Israeli ambassador: Chemical weapons from Syria to Hezbollah ‘game-changer’
6. December 23, 2012: Russia: Syria consolidates its chemical weapons
7. December 27, 2012: Syria chemical attack claims aim to justify foreign interference – Moscow
8. January 15, 2013: Secret State Department cable: Chemical weapons used in Syria
9. January 30, 2013: US plan to launch chemical weapon attack on Syria, blame it on Assad govt’
10. February 2, 2013: Syrian Chemical Weapons Under Control – FM Lavrov
11. March 20, 2013: Game-changer: Syria’s ‘probability’ of using chemical warfare
12. April 9, 2013: Al Qaeda’s Iraq branch and Syria militant group announce merger
13. April 13, 2013: UK ‘confirms’ use of chemical weapons in Syria after secret MI6 op – report
14. April 14, 2013: Symbolic Syrian mosque destroyed; activists warn of phosphorus bombs
15. April 18, 2013: UN: Britain and France tell UN of reliable evidence on Syrian chemical weapons use
16. May 27, 2013: French foreign minister says signs emerged of chemical weapons being used in Syria
17. July 14, 2013: Syrian rebels’ Damascus chemical cache found by Assad army – State TV
18. June 27, 2013: Turkey’s foreign minister to meet UN chemical weapons expert over Syria
19. July 10, 2013: Syria jihadists may obtain chemical weapons, MPs warn
20. July 16, 2013: UK will issue Syrian rebels with chemical warfare defenses including hoods, drugs

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

2.8: Syrian Rebel Military Tactics & Maneuvers

In the last few months, the CIA backed Syrian Rebels have made numerous militarily advancements in a bid to show that they are getting both more aggressive and effective in the ability to conduct war on innocent civilians. To date the Rebels have attacked airports, sized ammo depots and airbases, gassed civilians with chemical weapons, kidnapped and held hostages, recruited child soldiers, and are currently moving towards Damascus, Syria. What the CIA has planned for them to do in America is unknown, but it sure won’t be pretty.

Syrian Rebel Headlines:

1. June 7, 2013: Rebels attack air base in northern Syria days after regime captured strategic town
2. June 12, 2013: UN report adds Syrian rebel force, Malian groups to ‘list of shame’ of child recruiters
3. June 16, 2013: Syrian forces training to storm Israel’s border
4. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda-linked extremists hold 200 Kurdish civilians hostage as ‘live shield’ in Syria
5. August 2, 2013: 40 dead, over 120 injured in Syria ammo depot blast
6. August 3, 2013: Syria rebels seize ammo depot
7. August 6, 2013: Syrian rebels, foreigners take over regime air base
8. August 23, 2013: Report: Syrian rebel forces trained by West are moving towards Damascus

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]


2.9: August 21, 2013 Syrian Rebel Bio-Terror Attack
Just days after the U.N. chemical weapons inspection team lands in Syria, the largest Syrian chemical attack takes place on August 21, 2013 . Regardless of whether this attack happened or who is to blame, the attack is setting the precedent for a Syrian Rebel bio-chemical attack within the United States. As shown by headlines from around the world, the Zionist establishment is going all out as politicians from many different countries are speaking out about the attack; despite the fact that Syrian Rebel bio-chemical attacks have allegedly occurred three times prior.

2013 Syria Chemical Attack Timeline:

1. August 16, 2013: U.N. chemical weapons team will leave soon for Syria
2. August 21, 2013: Reports of massive chemical attack near Damascus as UN observers arrive in Syria
3. August 21, 2013: Russia suggests Syria ‘chemical attack’ was ‘planned provocation’ by rebels
4. August 21, 2013: Syria attack prompts calls for U.S. action
5. August 21, 2013: Israel says Syria regime used chemical weapons
6. August 21, 2013: Destroying Syria’s chemical weapons could have ‘horrifying’ consequences
7. August 21, 2013: UN Security Council to hold emergency meeting on chemical weapons use in Syria
8. August 21, 2013: Britain will raise claim of chemical weapons attack in Syria at UN Security Council
9. August 21, 2013: Syrian opposition groups claim over 100 killed in ‘poisonous gas’ attack near capital
10. August 22, 2013: Syrian forces bomb area of alleged chemical attack
11. August 22, 2013: France calls for force if chemical arms confirmed in Syria
12. August 22, 2013: Syrian government forces bomb area of alleged chemical weapons attack
13. August 22, 2013: Turkish foreign minister says “red line crossed” in Syria
14. August 22, 2013: Syria symptoms consistent with nerve gas: experts
15. August 22, 2013: Chemical weapons in Syria a ‘crime against humanity’
16. August 23, 2013: U.N., U.S. call for urgent probe of Syria chemical attack claim
17. August 23, 2013: Russia tells Syria to cooperate in chemical probe
18. August 23, 2013: Initial Western intelligence finds Syrian forces used chemical weapon
19. August 23, 2013: Obama calls alleged Syria attack ‘grave concern’
20. August 24, 2013: Syrian soldiers find chemical agents in rebel tunnels near Damascus- state TV
21. August 24, 2013: US weighs military options for Syria as Hagel suggests naval forces on the move
22. August 24, 2013: UN chief arrives in Damascus to press Syria for probe into alleged chemical attack
23. August 24, 2013: Iran president points to chemical weapons use in Syria
24. August 24, 2013: Hagel suggests US moving forces closer to Syria

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

3. PAKISTAN:

3.1: Pakistani Spawned Terror
The nuclear state of Pakistan was set-up to take the fall for the foiled Super Bowl XLV Nuclear Terror Plot on February 6, 2011, and the firebombing of the U.S. Capitol in Washington, D.C. on July 4, 2013. Therefore, it stands to reason that state of Pakistan will likely be implicated as the state sponsor behind this and any major terror attacks on the U.S. so that a nuclear war between the two nations can ensue. If the following reports are to be believed, Pakistan is the home base of Al Qaeda and they have been training Al Qaeda fighters of attacks against the United States.

Pakistan Terror Trending:

1. June 12, 2013: Lashkar-e-Taiba Capable of Threatening U.S. Homeland
2. June 30, 2013: Lashkar-e-Taiba terror group poses new threat to U.S.
3. August 6, 2013: US puts Pakistan-based insurgent leader on terrorism blacklist, freezes assets
4. August 9, 2013: U.S. issues warning over Pakistan consulate threat
5. August 14, 2013: Al-Qaeda centre of gravity shifting from Pakistan: analysts
6. August 16, 2013: Militants attack train in Pakistan, kill 3
7. August 21, 2013: US sanctions Pakistan school for allegedly training Al Qaeda fighters
8. August 21, 2013: Pakistan links Quetta ‘bomb-making factory’ to attacks

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

3.2: Florida Terror Suspects Charged in WMD Conspiracy
On November 30, 2012, it was reported that two Pakistani men from Fort Lauderdale, Florida, have been charged with providing support to terrorists and plotting to use mass destruction weapons within the U.S. According to the report, federal prosecutors identified the men Friday as two brothers: 30-year-old Sheheryar Alam Qazi and 20-year-old Raees Alam Qazi. Both are naturalized U.S. citizens originally from Pakistan. A grand jury indictment claims the two provided money, lodging, communications and other support for a conspiracy to obtain a weapon of mass destruction.

3.3: Pakistani Chemical Bust
On August 21, 2013, it was reported that Pakistani authorities had seized more than 100 tons of chemicals which had allegedly been used in recent attacks on troops and minority Shiite Muslims. According to the report, paramilitary troops found wires, detonators and mixers to turn the chemicals into bombs during a raid in the city of Quetta, Pakistan. In total, 11 suspects were arrested and reportedly told investigators that potassium chlorate and ammonium chlorate had been packed with wires and detonators into vehicles at the compound. A Frontier Corps (FC) spokesman stated that, “We have recovered a machine which is basically a mixer, used to mix chemicals to make bombs. We have recovered sulfur and hundreds meter of wire. We have also recovered 79 remote controls and short circuit wires. Some 20,000 kilograms of explosive were ready at the factory and just needed to be fitted into vehicles”.

3.4: Subcommittee Hearingon Pakistani Funded Terror 
At the aforementioned U.S. Congressional hearing on June 12, 2013, Congressman Peter King, Chairman, Subcommittee on Counterterrorism and Intelligence, stated that Pakistan-based terrorist group Lashkar-e-Toiba (LeT) operates terror networks that ”span across South Asia and the Persian Gulf into Europe, especially Britain, as well as Canada and New Zealand” and that “The LeT is a terror proxy of Pakistan’s Inter-Services Intelligence, which provides the LeT with a safe haven and funding to train and prepare for terrorist attacks”. King also stated that “LeT’s reach is broad and goes abroad. In addition to the 2009 plot in Denmark, LeT supported a planned 2002 attack on Australia by means of a trainer sent from France” and that “The LeT actively recruits Westerners, maintains social media sites in colloquial American English and has since the 1990s sustained support cells here in the United States”.  King concluded by stating that, “LeT members were arrested in the homeland as recently as 2011 when Jubair Ahmad was arrested in Woodbridge, Virginia. Eleven LeT members previously have been arrested in Virginia back in 2003. Suspected LeT operatives are reported to have surveilled several identified potential terror targets in this country”.

4. ISLAMIC PRISON BREAKS:

4.1: The 14 Islamic Prison Breaks
In order to compensate for the now foiled “Operation Northwoods 2.0” terror plot in which African terrorists were slated to spring the terror suspects at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, there have been a total of at least 14 attempted or successful prison breaks in Africa and the Middle East. In almost every case, so called “extremists” were allowed to escape. On August 13, 2013, the Libyan government stated that some 14,000 prisoners are still on the loose. Where these prisoners are and what they are allegedly up to is not known, but according to a report from August 3, 2013: Interpol suspects that Al-Qaeda is behind the recent rash of jailbreaks. Two days after the report, the nation of Pakistan began probing a possible Al-Qaeda to a jailbreak which freed 250 so called “senior Taliban fighters and commanders”. Once in the U.S., Islamic terrorists may

African & Middle Eastern Prison Breaks
:

1. September 28, 2012:81 Escape In Al Qaeda Prison Break Which Leaves 12 Dead: (Iraq)
2. October 15, 2012:
Libyan Prison Break Results In 120 Escapees (Libya)
3. March 3, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Attack Prison And Free “Hundreds” (Syria)
4. March 14, 2013:
Nigerian Prison Break Leaves 25 Dead: 120 Escape (Nigeria)
5. March 26, 2013:
Libyan Prison Break Leave 1 Dead And 50 Escape (Libya)
6. May 13, 2013: 40 psychiatric patients escape from Kenya hospital, 10 back (Kenya)
7. June 3, 2013: 22 Prisoners, Including Extremists, Escaped In Niger Prison Attack (Niger)
8. July 22, 2013: Over 500 ‘Al-Qaeda militants’ escape Iraq’s Abu Ghraib in violent break-out (Iraq)
9. July 25, 2013: Six Prisoners Dead In Ivory Coast Jailbreak Bid (Ivory Coast)
10. July 27, 2013: Benghazi jailbreak: Over 1,100 Prisoners Escape In Libya Amid Protests (Libya)
11. July 28, 2013:  Israeli Ministers Agree To Release 104 Palestinian Prisoners (Palestine)
12. July 30, 2013: Mass Jail Break In Pakistan As Taliban Gunmen Storm Prison (Pakistan)
13. August 2, 2013: Gunmen Attack Prisoners Convoy In Libya (Libya)
14. August 18, 2013: Around 38 Muslim Brotherhood Prisoners Die Trying To Escape
(Egypt)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list of events]

5. SHIP HIJACK:

5.1: Terrorist Ship: The Wael?
Aside from the numerous headlines in respect to shipping, stowaways and shipping terror, on August 20, 2013, it was reported that
a tanker entitled the “Wael” was reportedly prevented from “illegally entering” Al-Sedra oil terminal by the Libyan Navy. Whether or not this is the terrorist laden ship has yet to be determined, but the Biblical narrative of Jonah and the whale cannot be dismissed.

1. April 29, 2013: 2 Syrian seamen killed, 8 missing after cargo ships collide off southern Greece
2. May 8, 2013: Several dead after cargo ship collides with Genoa port tower
3. May 27, 2013: Shipwreck off Florida coast could pose oil pollution threat
4. June 30, 2013: Gas tanker explosion kills 29 in Uganda, police say
5. July 11, 2013: Oman seizes more than 30,000 pistols in port transit; Guns were Yemen bound
6. July 15, 2013: Indian tanker catches fire off Malaysia, one feared dead
7. July 16, 2013: Panama stops North Korean ship carrying missile material from Cuba
8. July 17, 2013: Another North Korean Ship Made Cuba Run in 2012
9. July 18, 2013: North Korea Says Freighter Carried Legal Load of Arms
10. July 22, 2013: The worst fate: Somalia’s ship wrecked hostages
11. July 23, 2013: 2 shipping companies sentenced to $10.4 million in fines for illegal dumping
12. July 26, 2013: EXCLUSIVE: GPS flaw could let terrorists hijack ships, planes
13. July 30, 2013: Filipino troops kill 8 Muslim rebels who attacked oil tanker truck
14. July 31, 2013: Stowaway cat found on freighter from Philippines to LA
15. August 5, 2013: Boat capsizes off coast of Senegalese capital, spilling diesel fuel into sea
16. August 14, 2013: Cargo ship sinks in strong typhoon off Hong Kong
17. August 17, 2013: India, Iran bid to resolve oil tanker dispute
18. August 16, 2013: At least 5 dead after ferry collides with cargo ship in Philippines
19. August 16, 2013: “Captain Phillips” trailer: Somali pirates with AK-47’s hijack an American cargo ship
20. August 20, 2013: Libya navy stops tanker entering oil terminal

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

6. THE HOSTAGES
:

6.1: Ship Hostages
In order for African and Middle East based terrorists to hijack a ship and make their way to America, they must kidnap and hold hostage a ship, its captain and her crew in order to arrive safely in the U.S. Something similar to what was reported on August 6, 2013 when 4 to 8 gunmen had kidnapped Turkish airline pilots in Lebanon is likely the working scenario. Coincidentally, “Captain Phillips” (2013) is an upcoming 2013 American action thriller film (see trailer) which stars Tom Hanks. The film tells the story of  Captain Richard Phillips who was taken hostage from an American cargo ship by Somali Pirates with AK-47’s during the hijacking of the Maersk Alabama in 2009. Aside from the upcoming television show entitled “Hostages”, there have been a number of recent headlines in respect to hostages across the world.

Hostages Trending:

1. January 16, 2013: ‘Mali’ Islamists kill 3, take 41 hostage in Algeria
2. March 14, 2013: Man takes five hostages at college with a toy gun
3. April 8, 2013: Man who took hostages at Hillary Clinton’s office is missing
4. April 11, 2013: Police: Man killed after taking firefighters hostage in suburban Atlanta
5. April 22, 2013: Taliban take 11 hostages after helicopter makes emergency landing in Afghanistan
6. July 22, 2013: The worst fate: Somalia’s ship wrecked hostages
7. July 23, 2013: Al-Qaeda-linked extremists hold 200 Kurdish civilians hostage as ‘live shield’ in Syria

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

7. CROSSING THE U.S. BORDER:

7.1: U.S./Mexico Terror Tunnel

Once the Islamic “terrorists” land in South America, they will make their way to the United States via Mexico. Although it’s impossible to know as plans are always subject to change, it would appear that the terrorists will cross the border with their weapons in drug tunnels, most likely in California or Texas. In order to gain plausible deniability just prior to terror attacks stemming from Mexico, numerous headlines have been released which conclude that the southern border in vulnerable to attack. Coincidentally, on August 5, 2013, it was reported that Syrian rebel ‘moles’ are waging battles from underground tunnels, potentially foreshadowing coming events.

Border Headlines Trending:

1. April 12, 2013: DHS officials charged with falsifying records related to border region crimes
2. June 12, 2013: U.S. and Canadian drill to “prevent cross-border terrorist and criminal activities”
3. June 21, 2013: Lockdown USA: Congress plans 700-mile ‘surge’ on Mexico border
4. August 1, 2013: Mexican cartels hiring US soldiers as hit men
5. August 16, 2013: US border security data not reliable, government reports show
6. August 17, 2013: Mexico says Gulf cartel leader arrested


[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8. CHICAGO MLB “RACE WAR” ATTACK:

8.1: Chicago’s Terrorist Mayor
Aside from the fact that the Mayor of Chicago, Rahm Emanuel, is the son of a Israeli Zionist terrorist, the city of Chicago has experienced 532 murders in 2012 and  more than 200 murders in 2013 already. These murders are in large part a result of Emanuel’s terroristic policies and therefore it should come as no surprise that the city is slated to suffer an unprecedented gun related massacre. Interestingly, Emanuel participated in a cameo in the television show entitled “Chicago Fire”, which features Chicago fire and medical teams which would inevitably be called to a future gun massacre. A sick and twisted joke.

Illinois Gun Terror Headlines
:

1. April 24, 2013: Five people killed in Illinois shooting, gunman dies after police chase
2. May 2, 2013: Judge OKs release of Illinois man accused of trying to join al-Qaid in Syria
3. July 10, 2013: Chicago lawmaker: Send troops to city
4. July 17, 2013: Chicago lawmakers unanimously vote to beef up assault weapons ban
5. July 24, 2013: Army Conducts Nighttime Exercises in Downtown Chicago
6. July 25, 2013: Chicago man who impersonated police in 2009 arrested for trying to do the same thing
7. July 28, 2013: Sheriff’s team working to seize guns from thousands in Illinois
8. August 10, 2013: Illinois university backs professor even after learning he murdered family in 1967

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.2: 2013 MLB Civil Rights Game
The 2013 Civil Rights Game will be held at US Cellular Field in Chicago, Illinois on August 24, 2013 when the White Sox host the Texas Rangers. Coincidentally, the two teams playing in the Civil Rights game are the Chicago White Sox and the Texas Rangers, inevitably linking both “white” and “Texas” together for that is who will likely be scapegoated in the attack.

8.3: White Sox is Obama’s Team
In 2009, Obama wearing a White Sox jacket threw out the ceremonial first pitch at the All-Star game. A year later in 2010, Obama sported a White Sox hat and threw out the first pitch at a Washington Nationals game. Then on June 9, 2013, Obama threw the first pitch at a Chicago White Sox game. It total, it appears that Obama has thrown out 3 first pitches all while donning White Sox gear so it’s clear that the Chicago White Sox is his team. Therefore, an attack on the White Sox would be translated as an attack on Obama, his state, his hometown, and his baseball team.

8.4: Baseball Terror Trending
Recent headlines in respect to Major League Baseball indicated that all is not good. Recent attacks and deaths surrounding players, teams and fans suggest that a baseball related terror attack is currently being planned.

MLB Headlines:

1. April 26, 2013: Calif. man arrested in shooting of player’s father at Little League T-ball game
2. May 8, 2013: Woman Dies After Choking On Hot Dog At Wrigley Field
3. July 27, 2013: Rangers’ Scheppers Attacked On Walk In Cleveland
4. July 29, 2013: Body of former MLB pitcher Frank Castillo found in Arizona lake.
5. August 8, 2013: Police probe racist epithets on Jackie Robinson statue (New York, New York)
6. August 12, 2013: Fan apologizes for throwing banana at Giants player
7. August 13, 2013: Man dies after 65-foot fall at Turner Field during Braves-Phillies game
8. August 22, 2013: Chilling 911 call details final moments of Melbourne baseballer Chris Lane’s life

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.5: Assault Weapons Terror
If the following gun related propaganda headlines are to be believed, there are literally thousands of assault rifles floating around both in the Middle East and America. If and when they will show up at a live sporting event appears to be just a matter of time. Conveniently, the U.S. government has purchased Russian made weapons and ammunition in order to not only bait a violent revolution in the wake of a state-sponsored terror attack, but to be able to feed both sides of a civil war once it starts. Naturally, these type of attacks will be used to demonize white American gun owners. Although it’s impossible to know, a redux of the July 9, 2013 story from Detroit, Michigan, of a vehicle mounted with a gun may be the type of terror scenario in play

Assault Weapons Headlines:

1. August 6, 2007: 190,000 AK-47 assault rifles given to Iraq are missing
2. April 3, 2013: Video appears to show world’s most powerful rifle in hands of Syrian rebels
3. April 9, 2013: 20,000 U.S. M-16s stolen from unguarded warehouse in Kuwait
4. July 26, 2013: U.S. Army Buying Millions of Rounds of Russian Ammo and Popular Civilian Firearms
5. August 14, 2013: LA County Sheriff’s Department loses M-16 rifle given by feds
6. August 16, 2013: U.S. Army Buys Nearly 600,000 Soviet AK-47 Magazines
7. August 19, 2013: Bloomberg reveals largest gun seizure ever in New York
8. August 19, 2013: Reward offered for weapons stolen from FBI vehicle in North Carolina
9. August 23, 2013: Police Search For Men Seen Carrying AK-47s

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.6: Race War Attack

As previously reported in the July 20, 2013 Truther.org article entitled “Nazi “Race War” Attacks: False-Flag Terror Threat Assessment”, it is imperative to remember that starting fights between different races, classes and religions is taken word for word from the 3rd Protocol of the Protocols of Zion. As America and the world continue to wake up to the evils of Zionism, namely usury and blatant acts of terrorism against humanity, there will be more and more attempts by Zionists to terrorize and divide the masses in an attempt to distract humanity from their wicked deed. Coincidentally, on August 21, 2013, it was reported that a Homeland Security Employee was preparing for a coming race war.

8.7: Race War: As Seen on TV

Predictably, “race war” terror attacks, should the happen, will be caught on videotape—Rodney King style. As previously reported, the genesis of a “race war” must be a “made-for-TV” type event whereby hundreds of millions can witness the vicious attacks on television as well as over and over again on YouTube and other social media platforms. The shocking images of “race war” attacks will be broadcast around the world in a coordinated effort to demonize America on a global scale until all economic and social confidence in the U.S. is ultimately lost. In other words, if the world is constantly fed images of supposed Nazis attacking African-Americans, the U.S. will be perceived as dangerous and unstable, which is exactly the plan.

Nazi/Skinhead/Race War Trending:

1. June 10, 2013:  School Vandalized With Swastikas, Anti-Obama Graffiti (Reseda, California)
2. June 11, 2013: Memphis Police Suspend Officer Over KKK Tweets (Memphis, Tennessee)
3. June 16, 2013:
Shock Lingers After Alleged Nazi Unit Leader Found In U.S. (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
4. June 25, 2013: Fatal Skinhead Attack On Activist Caught On Video (Paris, France)
5. June 21, 2013: German Prosecutors Probe Possible Neo-Nazi Bombing (Munich, Germany)
6. June 21, 2013:
Use Of Nazi, Soviet Symbols Banned (Riga, Latvia)
7. June 25, 2013:
‘Nazi Salute’ Greek Footballer Seeking Redemption In Italy (Bologna, Italy)
8. June 28, 2013:
Neighbors Call Police After Stratford Man Flies Nazi Flag (Stratford, Connecticut)
9. July 2, 2013:
Mongolian Neo-Nazis Rebrand Themselves As Environmentalists (Ulan Bator, Mongolia)
10. July 3, 2013:
‘Progressives’ Shocked: One Of Their Own A Nazi? (Slovenia)
11. July 7, 2013:
Neo-Nazi Trio Threatens Ex-Party Leader Sahlin (Stockholm, Sweden)
12. July 8, 2013:
Nazi Hacker Hacks Jersey Shore Cast Members Twitter Page (Unknown)
13. July 8, 2013:  92-Year-Old German, To Stand Trial For Nazi War Crimes (Berlin, German)
14. July 8, 2013: Berlin Begins Building Memorial To Victims Of Nazi ‘Euthanasia’ (Berlin, Germany)
15. July 8, 2013:
Nikos Dendias ‘Very Worried’ About ‘Nazi’ Golden Dawn (Athens, Greece)
16. July 9, 2013:
Kanye Tweets Frustration Over Leaked ‘Skinhead’ Video (Los Angeles, California)
17. July 9, 2013: Russia Blasts Estonia Defense Minister Over Nazi Sympathies (Tallinn, Estonia)
18. July 9, 2013: Forest Swastika Remain Decades After They First Appeared (Brandenburg, Germany)
19. July 10, 2013: “Hitler” Fried Chicken: KFC Logo Gets Troubling Nazi Chic Makeover (Ubon, Thailand)
20. July 10, 2013: Israel-Germany Soccer Match Nixed Over Neo-Nazi Threat (Angerberg, Austria)
21. July 10, 2013: Alleged Neo-Nazi Sympathizer Pleads Guilty In Gun-Possession (Toledo, Ohio)
22. July 12, 2013: Altered Images: ‘Nazi Loco’ Deleted From Club Website (Russia)
23. July 12, 2013: Custody Denied To Nazi-Naming Dad (Flemington, New Jersey)
24. July 12, 2013: Man Stabbed After Neo-Nazi Party Meet (Halmstad, Sweden)
25. July 13, 2013: Germany Inaugurates Memorial To Neo-Nazi Victims (Dortmund, Germany)
26. July 14, 2013: Neo-Nazism On The Mount (Jerusalem, Israel)
27. July 14, 2013: Remembering The Victims Of Nazi Eugenics (Germany)
28. July 16, 2013: The Scientists Who Escaped The Nazis (Gottingen, Germany)
29. July 16, 2013: Neo-Nazi And Black Metal Star Varg Vikernes Arrested In Southwest France (France)
30. July 16, 2013: Nazi-Fighting ‘Night Witch’ Dead At 91 (Moscow, Russia)
31. July 16, 2013: Cellist To Play In Honor Of Nazi Holocaust Survivor (San Luis Obispo, California )
32. July 16, 2013: Man Finds Half-Ton Nazi Aerial Bomb Near Beach (Sevastopol, Ukraine)
33. July 17, 2013: Lindsey Graham: ‘I’m Not Saying That Russia Is Nazi Germany’ (Washington D.C.)
34. July 17, 2013: Cher Compares Gun Owners To Neo Nazi’s And The KKK (Malibu, California)
35. July 18, 2013: Campaign Launched To Bring Remaining Nazi War Criminals To Justice (Germany)
36. July 18, 2013: France Frees Norwegian Neo-Nazi: Judicial Source (Paris, France)
37. July 18, 2013: Indonesia Questions Why Cafe Has Nazi-Themed Decor (Bandung, Indonesia)
38. July 19, 2013: Nazi Paratrooper Became British Soccer Hero (Manchester City, England)
39. July 19, 2013: NY Mayoral Candidate Likens NYC To Nazi-Era Germany (New York, New York)
40. July 19, 2013: Fascism Is Exploding in Greece, Raising Fears About Neo-Nazi Rule (Greece)
41. July 19, 2013: Nazi Salute Puts German Artist Jonathan Meese In Court (Kassel, Germany)
42. July 19, 2013: Police Raid Neo-Nazi Group Suspected Of Preparing Terrorist Attack (Europe)
43. July 22, 2013: Police Investigate Burning Swastika Placed On Street (San Bernardino, California)
44. July 23, 2013: French lawmaker under fire over Nazi Roma remark (France)
45. July 23, 2013: New poster campaign aims to find last living Nazi war criminals in Germany (Germany)
46. July 23, 2013: Nazi’s 100th birthday sparks resentment in Rome (Rome, Italy)
47. July 24, 2013: Greece: Far-right party plays Nazi anthem at charity event (Athens, Greece)
48. July 25, 2013: Tulsa may rename landmarks that honor Ku Klux Klan member (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
49. July 27, 2013: Neo-Nazis torture gay teenager they tricked into meeting them (Moscow, Russia)
50. July 30, 2013: US limbo for Nazi suspects ordered out (U.S.)
51. July 31, 2013: South Carolina Church Vandalized With Swastikas (Buffalo, South Carolina)
52. August 1, 2013: Japan finance minister apologizes for Nazi constitution comment (Tokyo, Japan)
53. August 1, 2013: Georgia State student forms White Student Union (Atlanta, Georgia)
54. August 7, 2013: Confederate flag will fly along I-95 in Virginia (Richmond, Virginia)
55. August 7, 2013: White supremacists sentenced for attack on Arab men (Trenton, New Jersey)
56. August 8, 2013: Police probe racist epithets on Jackie Robinson statue (New York, New York)
57. August 9, 2013: Wiesenthal Center calls for boycott of ‘Hitler wine’ (Rimini, Italy)
58. August 12, 2013: 3rd man gets prison in 2011 white supremacist attack (Trenton, New Jersey)
59. August 12, 2013: Hungarian man charged with Nazi-era war crimes dies at 98 (Budapest, Hungry)
60. August 16, 2013: Tulsa street keeps same name, but no longer honors KKK (Tulsa, Oklahoma)
61. August 20, 2013: Merkel visits former Nazi concentration camp Dachau (Dachau, Germany)
62. August 21, 2013: This Homeland Security Employee Is Preparing for a Coming Race War (U.S.)
63. August 21, 2013: Rep. Clyburn likens American media to Nazi propagandists (Washington, D.C.)
64. August 21, 2013: Israeli lawmaker compares Turkish leader to Nazi propagandist Goebbels (Israel)
65. August 21, 2013: Anger as German neo-Nazis protest against refugee camp (Berlin, Germany)
66. August 22, 2013: German security services ‘failed’ in neo-Nazi murders (Berlin, Germany)
67. August 23, 2013: Lawmakers cite errors and biases, in probe of neo-Nazi killings (Berlin, Germany)
68. August 23, 2013: Neo-Nazis plan to build all-white city in North Dakota (Leith, North Dakota)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

8.8: Foiled “Race War” Terror Attacks
To date,
Truther.org has identified and exposed at least 9 potential “race war” terror attack plots, 5 of which were apparently planned for the state of Florida. Although these “race war” attacks have not taken place to date, everything needed to conduct the “race war” attacks were in place at the time that the respective terror plots were exposed. As to be expected, numerous “official” cancellations and/or postponements occurred immediately after these reports were made public (i.e., Obama’s non-attendance at 2012 NBA All-Star game, postponement of the 2012 Daytona 500, Obama’s cancelation of his 2012 DNC Bank of America Stadium speech, etc.). The reality is, information is the only thing which can stop terrorism. Therefore, it is incumbent upon all peace loving people to seek out and share information about the true perpetrators of terrorism.

Foiled Zionist “Race War” Attacks:

1. February 26, 2012:Skinhead Attack On NBA Players And Fans At All-Star Game (Orlando, Florida)
2. March 31, 2013:
Obama’s School Bus Terror Plot: Attack African-American School Children (South)
3. September 6, 2012:
2012 DNC Terror Plot: Attack Obama Voters With Acid (Charlotte, North Carolina)
4. April 8, 2013.
2013 NCAA Final Four: Attack African-American Players With Acid (Atlanta, Georgia)
5. June 9, 2013:
2013 NBA Finals Terror Plot: Attack NBA Players With Acid (Miami, Florida)
6. June 24, 2013:
Acid Attack On 2013 Miami Heat Championship Parade (Miami, Florida)
7. July 5, 2013:
Skinhead Molotov Cocktail Attack On Zimmerman Trial Protesters (Sanford, Florida)
8. July 10 2013:
Nazi Attack At George Zimmerman Trial Courthouse (Sanford, Florida)
9. July 12, 2013:
Black Panther Party Attacks On White Police Officers (Unknown)

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

9. MILITIA & “HOMEGROWN” TERROR:

9.1: Militia Terror
MLB terror attacks will most likely be executed and ultimately blamed on American “militia” personal, most of which happen to be former or active U.S. military members. Potential suspects include but are not limited to the Hutaree militia group from the state of Michigan, the “Light-Foot” militia of Idaho, other unknown members of the militia implicated in the Georgia Bio-Terror Plot, or unknown members of the militia group known as  “F.E.A.R.” (Forever Enduring Always Ready) who allegedly consist of U.S. Army soldiers from the state of Georgia who previously plotted to assassinate U.S. President Barack Obama and overthrow the U.S. government. Regardless of the militia scapegoated for future acts of domestic terror, it is almost certain that its members will include white men who have formerly served in the U.S. military or worked for the U.S. government in some capacity.

9.2: Hutaree Terror Militia
According to Wikipedia,
the Hutaree Militia is a militia movement group adhering to the ideology of the Christian Patriot movement, based near Adrian, Michigan. The group was formed in early 2006. The name “Hutaree” appears to be a neologism; the group’s web site says that it means “Christian warriors”. The group became widely known in 2010 after the FBI prosecuted them in federal court for an alleged plan for violent revolt. The prosecution said this was to have involved killing a police officer and attacking the funeral with bombs. The presiding judge dismissed these charges. Three members pled guilty to possessing a machine gun and were sentenced to time served. Based on the evidence and events surrounding the 2011 mock trial of the Hutaree Terror Militia and alleged STRATFOR tool and Zionist operative Alex Jones’ rabid defense of the right-wing ultra-Christian militia group, it now appears that the Hutaree Militia is in fact a U.S. government funded and operated domestic terror group that will commit future acts of terror within the United States in a calculated attempt to further demonize, disparage and ultimately set-up innocent American patriots and gun-owners. The Hutaree Militia were slated to take the blame in the wake of the foiled “Atlanta Bio-Terror Plot” of April 8, 2013, and therefore it stands to reason that they may also execute and be blamed for acts of domestic terror.

9.3: Michigan Home to Largest Arab/Muslim Population
U.S. based militia terror attacks will inevitably be tied to “Muslim Extremists” and Michigan is the perfect place for that. Aside from being home to the Weather Underground Organization (WUO) in the 1970’s and the Hutaree Militia today, they also have the most Arabs and Muslims in America. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the city with the largest percentage of Arab Americans is Dearborn, Michigan, a southwestern suburb of Detroit, at nearly 40%. The Detroit metropolitan area is home to the largest concentration of Arab Americans (403,445), followed by the New York City Combined Statistical Area (371,233), Los Angeles (308,295), Chicago (176,208), and the Washington D.C area. (168,208).

9.4: Hells Angels Terror
Since many of the aforementioned militia groups have been vetted as potential scapegoats in state-sponsored terror attacks, the notorious Hells Angels may be implicated in the next attack. Regardless if they participated or helped in the attack, the Zionist operatives behind Obama are desperate to pin a race related crime onto white American gun owners, which just happen to be most of the members of the Hells Angels.

Hells Angels Headlines

1. April 16, 2009: Canadian Police to Arrest 156 Hells Angels Biker Gang Members
2. August 30, 2010: Hells Angels leader indicted on gun charge after arrest in Colorado
3. February 5, 2011: Hells Angels Fugitive Captured in Argentina
3. September 12, 2011: Hells Angel, 2 Others Plead Not Guilty to Killing 3 Massachusetts Men
4. September 30, 2011: Hells Angel Murder Suspect Arrested in San Francisco
5. October 15, 2011: 1 Dead in Shooting at California Hells Angels Funeral
6. July 22, 2013: Hells Angel member pleads guilty to lesser charges in Nevada casino shootout
7. July 24, 2013: Spain police say 25 Hells Angels arrested including Europe leader on Mallorca island
8. August 7, 2013: Jury convicts gang leader in 2011 murder of Hells Angels member at Nevada casino

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

9.5: Homegrown Terror
Prior to scapegoating “homegrown” terrorists for future terror attacks, the Zionist establishment running the U.S. government must create the perception that the U.S. is overflowing with both white and Arab extremists who are trying to attack the government. Since April of 2013, there has been an unprecedented amount of homegrown terrorist activity within the U.S. that will likely culminate in an unprecedented attack on the U.S. homeland.

Homegrown Terror Trending:

1. April 19, 2013: US Man Pleads Guilty To Supporting Terrorism
2. April 24, 2013: Five Jihadists Have Reached Their Targets In The United States Under Barack Obama
3. April 26, 2013: NYC Man Arrested In Synagogue-Plot Sting Gets Prison For Terrorism Conspiracy
4. April 26, 2013: American Jihadi In Somalia Tweets On Assassination Attempt
5. May 2, 2013: Texas Man Arrested After Illegally Driving Through Security Gate At Dallas Airport
6. May 14, 2013: 2 Minn. Men Sentenced To 3 Years In Prison For Briefly Joining Somali Terror Group
7. May 14, 2013: North Carolina Man Pleads Guilty To Buying Gun For Terrorist Jihad
8. May 17, 2013: Uzbekistan national to appear in court Friday on federal terrorism charges
9. May 22, 2013: FBI shoots Chechen dead in Florida, man questioned over links to Boston bombers
10. May 22, 2013: Montana man gets 3 years in prison for trying to board flight with loaded guns
11. May 22, 2013: Man Gets 3 Years In Prison For Trying To Board Flight With Loaded Guns
12. June 3, 2013: Texas man pleads guilty to trying to blow up natural gas pipeline
13. June 8, 2013: Michigan man accused of making terror threats online
14. June 14, 2013: NY man with homemade bomb blew up his oven while trying to dry explosives
15. June 17, 2013: United Airlines passenger reportedly claims he poisoned others during flight
16. June 19, 2013: FBI Foils Plot To Build Strange X-Ray Weapon, Possibly Targeting President Obama
17. June 19, 2013: Leader Of Ga. Militia Receives Life In Prison Without Parole For Double Slaying
18. June 28, 2013: Boston Terror Suspect Had Bomb-Making Instructions And Jihad Literature
19. July 18, 2013: Florida teen faces charges of helping terrorists following visit to Middle East
20. July 31, 2013: Police In Colorado Warn Of Self-Described Islamist Jihadist
21. August 5, 2013: Utah Beauty Pageant Winner, 3 Others Arrested On Suspicion Of Throwing Bombs
22. August 6, 2013: Man Planning To Wage Jihad In Africa Pleads Guilty To Terror Charge In Alabama
23. August 6, 2013: Boston Marathon Bombing Suspects Had Befriended Anti-US Conspiracy Theorist
24. August 8, 2013: Florida Teen Accused Of Training With Middle East Terrorists To Appear In Court
25. August 7, 2013: Man Sentenced To 5 1/2 Years for Conspiring To Sell Cocaine To Taliban Reps
26. August 6, 2013: California Kidnapping, Murder Suspect May Have Improvised Explosives
27. August 12, 2013: 2 West African Drug Traffickers 4 Years In Prison For Taliban Drug Conspiracy
28. August 8, 2013: Man Convicted In Terrorism Hoax Sentenced To 2 Weeks In Jail
29. August 6, 2013: 2 Friends Of Suspected Boston Marathon Bomber Indicted
30. August 6, 2013: Somali Militant Group Al-Shabab Praises ‘Martyrs’ From Minnesota
31. August 23, 2013: Florida man accused of brokering uranium deal for Iran

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

10. 2013 VIBRANT RESPONSE (July 27-August 23, 2013):

10.1: Vibrant Response 2013
Vibrant Response 2013 was a major terror exercise conducted by U.S. Northern Command and led by U.S. Army North from July 27, 2013 through August 23, 2013 in Atterbury-Muscatatuck, Indiana. Vibrant Response 2013 was the largest chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear response training exercise for DoD’s specialized response forces. In total, over 9,000 service men and women from 27 states and territories and every branch of the U.S. military participated in realistic disaster-response training for a 10-kiloton nuclear detonation in Columbus, Ohio as the Muscatatuck Urban Training Center was reportedly transformed during to resemble a “post-apocalyptic wasteland”. According to Kevin Kirmse, the senior exercise planner for U.S. Army North (Fifth Army), which conducts the exercise under the direction of U.S. Northern Command, “At Muscatatuck, objects are in trees, cars are on fire. There are about 200 role-playing civilians made up to look like they have bones protruding or severe head wounds, plus we’ve got 350 manikins buried in garages”. According to reports, Vibrant Response 2013 featured 140 live events such as these, plus another 400 which are simulated. Despite being held annually since President Obama assumed office in 2008, Vibrant Response is eerily different this year. “This mission is very different than what most of these guys have ever done,” stated Sgt. Maj. Christopher Frediani, the operations sergeant major for U.S. Army North Task Force 51. How different is not known, but according to Sgt. Sal Sifunetes, a medic with 62nd Medical Brigade, 547th Area Support Medical Company out of Joint Base Lewis-McChord, Washington, “We’ve been training for six to eight months for this exercise”, stated Sifunetes.

10.2: The Three Active Duty CBRN Teams
Prior to conducting a full-scale bio-terror attack, the black ops soldiers who will launch the attack and those who will respond must be adequately trained. On August 6, 2013, it was reported that there are only three active-duty military units in the United States who have a chemical, biological, radiological, and nuclear-focused mission, and they must be confirmed at Vibrant Response in order to assume command of their missions which coincidentally start on October 1, 2013. According to the report, the largest of the three units is the Defense Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear and High-Yield Explosive Reactionary Force (DCRF) who has about 5,400 soldiers. The other two units, known as C2CRE, are the Alpha and Bravo teams of the Command and Control Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear Response Element who have about 1600 soldiers each. In total, approximately 8,600 active duty U.S. military personal with CBRN training will participate in the Vibrant Response 2013. In the event of a CBRN incident, the DCRF would be the first reactionary force and would respond within 48 hours. The C2CRE teams serve as contingency forces and would respond within 96 hours.

10.3: Alabama National Guard: 31st Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear (CBRN) Brigade

The soldiers who will initiate of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic appear to be from Alabama and will coincidentally be traveling through the exact state where the bio-terror attack is slated to happen. On July 25, 2013, it was reported that members of the Alabama National Guard and its 31st Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear (CBRN) Brigade would be traveling by convoy to participate in the  “Vibrant Response 13” terror exercise in Camp Atterbury, Indiana. The convoy was reportedly the largest domestic convoy in Alabama National Guard history with approximately 500 vehicles and 1,500 Alabama Guardsmen traveling through Alabama, Tennessee, Kentucky and Indiana which also included an overnight at White House High School, White House, Tennessee. “We are in close contact with highway officials in all four states” said Capt. Charles B. Priest, a 31st CBRN (Chemical, Biological, Radiological, Nuclear) Brigade logistics officer. According to the report, the goal of Vibrant Response 13 was to “exercise the ability to deploy, employ and sustain specialized military response forces upon the request of civilian authorities to save lives and relieve human suffering following a catastrophic CBRN incident”. Coincidentally, the Alabama National Guard will serve as the National Guard’s first Command and Control CBRN Response Element (C2CRE) for a two-year mission beginning this fall, taking on a role that has up to now only been filled by the active duty military.

10.4: Joint Task Force Civil Support (JTF-CS)

The U.S. military force responsible for “cleaning-up” and administering vaccines in the wake of a bio-terror attack will come out of the state of Virginia whose flag and coat of arms features a Greco-Roman man standing upon a dead giant who was most likely killed with a form of bioterrorism. On July 25, 2013, it was reported that the Joint Task Force Civil Support (JTF-CS) from Fort Eustis in Newport News, Virginia, would participate in “Vibrant Response 13” and be evaluated on their ability to effectively command and control the subordinate forces of the Defense CBRN Response Force (DCRF) and on its six core functions: mission command, identification and detection of CBRN damage, technical and non-technical search and extraction of casualties, mass casualty and non-casualty decontamination, medical triage and stabilization and medical and non-medical air and ground evacuation.

Gas Attacks & Leaks Trending:

1. January 22, 2013: Rotten eggs stench reaches UK after French gas leak
2. January 29, 2013: Tunisia beefing up security in wake of Algerian gas plant attack
3. February 21, 2013: Contractor for cable company hit gas line before explosion
4. February 22, 2013: Toxic Vapors Seeping Up From Underneath Google Buildings
5. February 27, 2013: 125,000 doses of lethal cyanide leak in Japanese spill
6. March 11, 2013: Total slowly restarts production at North Sea fields shut after gas leak
7. April 9, 2013: US teargas arrives in Egypt for Muslim Brotherhood use
8. May 9, 2013: Powerful blast in Czech capital caused by gas leak
9. May 27, 2013: Gas explosion in Pakistan kills 16 children, teacher in minivan
10. June 2, 2013: Almost 100 Afghan schoolgirls poisoned in suspected gas attack
11. June 13, 2013: 2 injured after gas explosion in CO
12. June 18, 2013: Gas pipeline rupture sparks major blast outside New Orleans
13. July 11, 2013: Gas Explosion Leads To Partial Collapse Of Building In Chinatown
14. July 30, 2013: Massive explosions rock Florida propane plant
15. August 20, 2013: 3 dead, 10 injured when accident ruptures pipeline carrying ammonia in Mexico
16. June 2, 2013:
97 Schoolgirls Poisoned In Suspected Taliban Gas Attack

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11. NASCAR BIO-TERROR ATTACK
:

11.1: Made-For-TV Bio-Terror “Event*
As depicted in the report entitled “
Red Alert: Mass Bio-Terror Pandemic Imminent”, the genesis of the 2013 bio-terror pandemic will be a “made-for-TV event” whereby millions will witness a bio-terror outbreak on live television. This so called bio-terror “event” will likely occur when the agents known as acid, anthrax (Bacillus anthracis) or smallpox (Variola major) are released into a controlled environment, such as an arena or stadium. To date, Truther.org has evidently foiled at least 4 bio-terror plots which had they been allowed to happen would have likely morphed into a global pandemic.

Foiled Bio-Terror Plots:

1. September 23, 2012:False-Flag Bio-Terror Attack On Israel Imminent
2. March 31, 2013:North Korea’s False-Flag Bio-Terror Attack Plan Revealed
3. April 6, 2012:Atlanta NCAA Final Four Bio-Terror Attack Plot Exposed
4. June 27, 2013:New York City Subway Bio-Terrorism Attack Trending


[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.2: Splatter Attack?

Recent headlines in respect to green paint being splattered on various monuments and landmarks in Washington D.C. suggests that the bio-terror attack will be colorful in nature so that the public can clearly see that something is being released into the crowd. NASCAR logo colors such as fluorescent green, red, orange and yellow will most likely be the color of the mist, paint, or whatever liquid form is used in the attack.   

Splatter Attacks Trending:

1. July 26, 2013: Green paint splattered on Lincoln Memorial; statue temporarily closed
2. July 29, 2013: Following Lincoln Memorial vandalism, paint found Smithsonian statue
3. July 30, 2013: Woman arrested in paint vandalism at D.C. cathedral

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.3: Tennessee Trending
In order to bring unprecedented attention to Tennessee prior to a major bio-terror attack in the state, a number of “staged” events have taken place in the few weeks. On July 9, 2013, ESPN Films aired a film entitled “Nine for IX Pat XO” about the life and career of Tennessee’s most famous coach, Pat Summit. Coincidentally, the film will be available for purchase on September 10, 2013. A few weeks later, President Obama visited Tennessee on July 31, 2013. Two days after that on August 2, 2013, it was reported that a Chattanooga, Tennessee newspaper editor was fired after publishing a headline critical of President Obama. Coincidentally, Tennessee was home to the 2008 Obama assassination plot.

11.4: NASCAR: 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race
According to Wikipedia, “The 2013 Irwin Tools Night Race is an upcoming NASCAR Sprint Cup Series stock car race scheduled to be held on August 24, 2013 at Bristol Motor Speedway in Bristol, Tennessee. Contested over 500 laps, it was the twenty-fourth race of the 2013 NASCAR Sprint Cup Series season.” Although it’s impossible to know exactly what is planned for the event, it would appear that some of the 400 U.S. stinger missiles stolen from Benghazi, Libya will be outfitted with some type of nerve or sarin  gas which will be laced with smallpox. These missiles along with grenades and AK-47’s could be used to attack both the cars and the stands, inevitably causing a stampede which will kill thousands. Coincidentally, it was reported on August 22, 2013 that the Tampa Bay Buccaneers facility was being treated for an outbreak of MRSA, yet another sign that a sports related outbreak is imminent.

11.5: DHS & NASCAR
NASCAR holds membership with the U.S. Department of Homeland Security’s “Commercial Facilities Sector Committee”, and has instructed NASCAR personnel at NASCAR events in “First Observer” terror training. NASCAR was also mentioned as a terror target in the 2009 Virginia Terror Threat Assessment, and DHS has been conducting terror surveillance of NASCAR events for some time. DHS recently unveiled a new alert system that sends text messages to users in the event of a terror attack which will obviously create a panic and cause a stampede that will kill far more than the actual terror event.

11.6: 2011 Annual NASCAR Summit: Active Shooter
Multiple former and current government agent discusses “safety” issues in regards to a potential terror attacks at a NASCAR event. The list included John M. Power (FBI), O.T. Gagnon (DHS), and Raymond Thrower (expert on active shooters), Steve Lampo (FBI) and head of NASCAR security Gerry Cavis, formerly of the Secret Service, a 30-year veteran of law enforcement and retired from the U.S. Secret Service in 2004.

11.7: U.S. Arming Terrorists with Stinger Missiles
Prior to Zionist terrorists such as the Israeli Mossad using Stinger missiles in the U.S., they must first set-up the Islamic brethren for the attacks that they will eventually commit. Starting around August 18, 2012, reports began to surface that the CIA had smuggled 14 Stinger missiles into Syria for the Rebels. A few months later on October 24, 2012, it was reported that according to a Russian general, the Syrian Rebels were now in possession of U.S. Stinger missiles. A month later, it was reported on November 27, 2012, that Syrian Rebels were seen showing off their new heat-seeking missiles. This wouldn’t be the first time that the U.S. has armed terrorists. Back in 1986, the CIA provided Stinger missiles to Osama bin Laden and the Afghan Mujahideen during the Soviet occupation of their country.

NASCAR Terror Trending:

1. February 24, 2013: NASCAR Crash Injures 30 Fans As Debris Flies Into Crowd (Daytona, Florida)
2. March 17, 2013: 2 Killed In Crash At California Raceway (Marysville, California)
3. April 14, 2013: Man Dies In Shooting At NASCAR Race In Texas (Fort Worth, Texas)
4. May 16, 2013: Ex-NASCAR driver Dick Trickle dies at 71, sheriff says
5. May 27, 2013: Ten fans injured by fallen TV cable
6. June 15, 2013: Jason Leffler, accomplished race car driver, dies in dirt-track accident
7. June 22, 2013: Allan Simonsen dies in Le Mans race
8. June 24, 2013: NASCAR driver accused of stealing competitor’s vehicles turns himself in
9. July 3, 2013: Dozens sickened at Michigan International Speedway, Norovirus suspected
10. July 14, 2013: Driver dragged by race car at Bowman Gray Stadium
11. July 14, 2013: Motorcyclist killed in 285 mph crash in Maine
12. July 20, 2013: Use of aerial camera systems halted
13. August 10, 2013: Female driver dies in Wartburg Rally in Germany

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

11.8: Aftermath of Bio-Terror
If and when a bio-war or bio-terror attack occurs, it will most likely be masterminded by the Center for Biosecurity located at the University of Pittsburgh Medical Center who have been directly responsible for funding and conducting numerous bio-terror related war games. Aside from having the means, the motive and the opportunity to conduct a major bio-terror attack, the government is the only entity with the resources to organize, plan, drill and execute a major bio-terror false-flag operation. In the aftermath of a bio-terror attack and subsequent pandemic, there will be mass confusion, fear, and hysteria. In this chaotic environment, there will be political and governmental agencies and institutions that will attempt to take advantage of the situation by declaring martial law and potentially forcing billions of people worldwide to take the lethal vaccines issued by the military and medical establishments in  the aftermath of the bio-terror attack.

11.9: The Good Bio-Terror News
The good news is that the reality of bio-terror is almost 100% opposite of what the public has been led to believe. According to top scientists, the use of bio-weapons for mass terror is a very difficult process and totally unreliable. Steve Emmett, an expert on nerve agents at Oxford University stated that, “It’s easy to play up the risks and encourage panic,” but “In fact the risks of mass poisoning [from any chemical agent] are very low”. Emmett went on to state that smallpox can be passed on from person to person only by close physical contact, not simply by being in the same room as someone who is infected. Jonathan Tucker, an authority on unconventional arms with California’s Monterey Institute of International Studies, stated, “Regardless of what people say, [bio-terror] is very difficult to do, to inflict mass casualties with chemical or biological weapons”. Despite the non-stop government propaganda, the true nature of the bio-war and bio-terror threat is very low and almost theoretically impossible. So long as people refuse vaccines, they really don’t have anything to worry about.

12. NUCLEAR TERROR:

12.1: Nuclear Reactor Terror “Blinking Red”
On March 11, 2011, exactly 33 days after the failed nuclear terror attack of February 6, 2011, there was an attack on the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant in Ōkuma, Japan. According to Japanese scientists, the 2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami, which allegedly caused the Fukushima nuclear disaster, was actually the result of an underwater explosion. As with all airports used in the 9/11 attacks, Fukushima was also conveniently “secured” by an Israeli company shortly before the incident. In the wake of the Fukushima disaster , there have been approximately 50 nuclear reactor “emergencies”, “closures”, “leaks” and other major incidents clearly setting the stage for coming nuclear reactor terror on an unimaginable scale. Complementing the unprecedented nuclear reactor emergencies are multiple cases of “terrorists” attempting to breach nuclear reactors, repeated lapses in nuclear reactor security, as well as countless propaganda articles indicating that a Fukushima-level event inside the United States is a foregone conclusion.  Aside from blatant programming of the 2012 Hollywood nuclear reactor disaster film entitled “Chernobyl Diaries”, a recent Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) panel recommended that the U.S. government customize emergency plans for each of America’s 65 nuclear power plants, a change would “expand” the standard 10-mile evacuation zone surrounding nuclear reactors. Also, in a letter submitted to internal investigators at the NRC, a whistleblower engineer within the agency accused regulators of deliberately covering up information relating to the vulnerability of U.S. nuclear power facilities that sit downstream from large dams and reservoirs.

12.2: All 104 US Nuclear Reactors Should Be Replaced
In an apparent sign that American nuclear reactors are doomed, it was reported on April 9, 2013, that the former chairman of the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Gregory B. Jaczko, had stated that all 104 nuclear reactors currently operational in the U.S. have irreparable safety issues and should be taken out of commission and replaced. The comments, made during the Carnegie International Nuclear Policy Conference, are “highly unusual” for a current or former member of the safety commission, according to The New York Times. Asked why he had suddenly decided to make the remarks, Jaczko implied that he had only recently arrived at these conclusions following the serious aftermath of Japan’s tsunami-stricken Fukushima Daichii nuclear facility. “I was just thinking about the issues more, and watching as the industry and the regulators and the whole nuclear safety community continues to try to figure out how to address these very, very difficult problems,” which were made more evident by the 2011 Fukushima nuclear accident in Japan, he said. “Continuing to put Band-Aid on Band-Aid is not going to fix the problem.”

12.3: Nuclear Reactor Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear reactor terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear reactor headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear reactor terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear reactor” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear-terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Reactor Headlines:

1. December 21, 2012: Engineers Warn: Two US Nuclear Plants May Cause New Fukushima
2. January 2, 2013:
Iran To Citizens Flee City Over Reported Nuclear Leak
3. January 23, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Causes Freak Snowstorm
4. January 29, 2013: Watch 5 nuclear power station towers collapse in slow motion
5. February 3, 2013: Security breach at nuke plant a wake-up call
6. February 3, 2013:
Nuke Plant Operator Disputes Safety Claim
7. February 7, 2013: San Onofre nuke plant operator disputes safety claim
8. February 9, 2013:Outage Shuts Down Nuclear Power Plant
9. February 26, 2013:
Symantec Discovers 2005 US Computer Virus Attack On Iran Nuclear Plants
10. March 13, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Taken Off Line Over Generator Malfunction
11. March 16, 2013:
US Gov’t Concerned About Solar Storms Impacting Nuclear Plants
12. March 18, 2013:
Power Outage At Nuke Plant Leaves Fuel Pools Without Cooling
13. March 25, 2013:
‘Rat-Like Animal’ Caused Massive Fukushima Power Outage
14. March 29, 2013: Safety: Jaczko Calls for Phaseout in US, Says Plants Aren’t Safe
15. April 1, 2013:
Accident At Arkansas Nuclear Site Kills Man
16. April 5, 2013: Cooling System At Japan Nuclear Plant Back Working
17. April 6, 2013:
Japan’s Fukushima Nuclear Plant Leaks Contaminated Water
18. April 9, 2013: All US nuclear reactors should be replaced, ‘Band-Aids’ won’t help

19. April 10, 2013:
Gulf States Fear Nuclear Radiation Leak After Iran Earthquake
20. April 14, 2013: Small Leak Is Discovered at Plant in Fukushima
21. April 15, 2013:
Pilgrim Nuclear Plant Forced To Shut Down (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
22. April 15, 2013: Emergency declared after fire at U.S. nuclear plant — Lasted almost 30 minutes

23. April 16, 2013:
Two US Nuke Plants Tighten Security After Blasts(Massachusetts & New Hampshire)
24. April 18, 2013: Emergency declared at U.S. nuclear plant after lightning strike
25. April 19, 2013: ‘First terror drill at US nuclear plant a success’
26. April 21, 2013: Shots fired at TVA Watts Bar Nuclear Plant
27. May 6, 2013: Kewaunee to start powering down early Tuesday ahead of permanent closure
28. May 9, 2013: 83-year-old nun convicted of sabotage for breach of US atomic complex
29. May 11, 2013: Utility investigating vibrations that caused shutdown of nuclear reactor
30. May 13, 2013: Indian Point To Become First Nuclear Plant To Operate With Expired License
31. May 16, 2013: North Carolina nuclear plant shut down after crack discovered
32. May 17, 2013: Radioactive leak found at Palisades Nuclear Power Plant
33..May 28, 2013: SKorea halts 2 nuclear plants for using control cables with fabricated test results
34. May 28, 2013: Seaweed causes shut down of multiple nuclear reactors
35. June 4, 2013: Cracks in Iran’s nuclear reactor facility following quakes – diplomats
36. June 7, 2013: U.S. orders new safety upgrades at nuclear plants
37. June 7, 2013: California utility says it will retire nuclear plant
38. June 10, 2013: Bushehr nuclear plant suffered electric generator malfunction
39. June 23, 2013: U.S. engineers to inspect possible leak at Hanford nuclear site
40. July 15, 2013: Greenpeace activists break into French nuclear plant
41. July 24, 2013: Former Indian Point supervisor charged with lying to Nuclear Regulatory Commission
42. August 15, 2013: Report: U.S. nuclear plants remain vulnerable to terrorists
43. August 15, 2013: Are U.S. Nuclear Reactors Protected Against Credible Terrorist Attacks?
44. August 15, 2013: Indian Point nuclear plant is vulnerable to terror attack: report
45. August 17, 2013:  Fukushima apocalypse: Years of ‘duct tape fixes’ could result in ‘millions of deaths’
46. August 21, 2013: Tank at crippled Fukushima nuclear plant leaks highly radioactive water

[Does not purport to be a complete list of events or headlines]

13. CONCLUSION
:

13.1: Dictator Obama
The terror plot depicted herein will be a valiant political attempt to resurrect Obama to dictator status. This will be accomplished by a) first garnering unprecedented domestic support in the wake of the attacks, b) creating unprecedented race related division over the suspicious nature of having an African-American president “allow for” Al Qaeda terrorists to kill American citizens, and c), death on the scale of Nazi Germany as gun-owning Americans and patriots will be rounded up and sent to FEMA camps for extermination. As planned, most Americans won’t stand for this and therefore a “civil war” between gun-owners and those loyal to Obama and the U.S. government will ensue. These acts of terror would ultimately allow U.S. President Barack Obama to institute martial law throughout America, construct terror checkpoints to search for the Islamic “terrorists”, and order drone strikes to attack Americans. This power grab by Obama would then serve as the cover by which the U.S. government would violently confiscate firearms and round-up alleged American “terrorists” all in the name of keeping America safe.

13.2: SKYNET Terror Endgame

The main goal of the Zionist establishment is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the real terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. As first reported by Truther.org on May 20, 2012, once Alex Jones baits gun-owning Americans in a Second American Civil War, the 5th SKYNET will be fully integrated with NATO’s “Smart Defense” killer drone program and all Americans will be under 24/7 attack by thousands of NATO drones with heat-seeking missiles. This scenario would lead to the death of millions and therefore violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs.

13.3: Information is the Answer
Remember, violence of any kind MUST be avoided at all costs for it plays right into their hand. The only way to defeat the Obama administration and the Zionists is with information. By educating yourself and those around you, America and the world will see once and for all who is behind the Obama administration, fascism, and who is really pulling the strings of terrorism. Information kills terrorism and dictators, so speak up and speak out before it’s too late.

About the Author
David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland where he has applied for political asylum since the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with subverting a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America in Dallas, Texas on February 6, 2011. Taylor has since released The Bio-Terror Bible, a website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic likely planned for 2013. Taylor has also exposed numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, as well as Alex Jones’ links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (e.g., the Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

Iran Nuclear 911

Please Download & Forward PDF

UPDATE 1: Two days before before this Truther.org report was published, the first ever simulated terrorist attack drill on a U.S. nuclear power plant occurred at the Three Mile Island Nuclear Generating Station near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Suspiciously, this top-secret terror drill was not reported until April 19, 2013, the day after Iranian nuclear terror plot was exposed. A terrorist attack on Three Mile Island would have left most of the East Coast “radioactive” and was likely chosen by the “terrorists” to invoke memories of the nuclear “accident” which occurred there on March 28, 1979—widely considered the worst nuclear disaster in American history.

UPDATE 2:On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after this Truther.org report was publishedthe top aide to the chief of the U.N. nuclear agency unexpectedly resigned citing “tensions among the organization’s top leadership”. According to the report, the resignation by IAEA Assistant Director General Rafael Mariano Grossi came at a “critical time” for the International Atomic Energy Agency who was the world’s “only window [into] Iran’s nuclear program, which some nations fear is close to the ability to make atomic arms”. The report further stated that the U.N. was “trying to kick-start a probe of suspicions that Iran has secretly worked on developing nuclear weapons after more than five years of stagnation”. Although impossible to know for certain, it would appear that Grossi was the man responsible for executing the would be Iranian nuclear attack upon the U.N. Headquarters in New York City.

UPDATE 3: On April 19, 2013, exactly one day after this Truther.org report was published, the U.S. Coast Guard proposed an unprecedented and permanent “United Nations Security Zone” in the East River extending out 175 yards offshore around the U.N. Headquarters in New York City. The unprecedented security zone, which wasn’t reported until April 21, 2013, was most likely established prior to the planned U.N. nuclear detonation based on classified “intelligence” which indicated that there was a real terror threat to the U.N. building. By secretly preparing for a specific terror attack in advance, it gives government officials “plausible deniability” in the aftermath of a similar terror attack by making it publically appear that they did all they could to prevent the attack.

David Chase Taylor

April 18, 2013
Truther.org

Ever since the failed nuclear terror attack on Super Bowl XLV in Dallas, Texas, on February 6, 2011, the Obama administration and its Zionist puppeteers have desperately been trying to engineer a “Nuclear 9/11” within the United States to ultimately declare Obama dictator and usher in World War III.

During the 2013 Jewish holiday known as Purim, the state of Israel was caught red-handed celebrating the success of its 9/11 terror operation against the U.S. Therefore, it should come as no surprise that they are itching to once again terrorize America, only this time it will be nuclear. In a recent and rather strange report, it was revealed that an Iranian scientist has invented a “Time Machine”, one which will apparently take the America back to September 11, 2001.

Download & Forward PDF

Based on the latest terror related data, news and propaganda, a full blown Iranian nuclear attack and/or dirty bomb attack on American cities and nuclear reactors appears imminent. A nuclear attack on one or more of America’s 104 nuclear reactors would render the United States economically radioactive and would most likely appear visually similar to these 5 nuclear reactors being destroyed in a controlled demolition fashion. Back in 2011, Iranian diplomats were allegedly involved in plotting cyber-attacks against U.S. nuclear power plants, so the notion that Iran could attack U.S. nuclear reactors is already par for the U.S.-Iran war course. The notion of planes flying into nuclear reactors was the theme of a Greenpeace campaign, and will likely transpire in reality shortly.

Aside from strictly American targets, it is possible that Iran could target the United Nations Headquarters in New York City whereby on multiple occasions, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has been blatantly disrespected. As luck would have it, the U.N. Headquarters is currently “under construction”. Whether or not the apparently continuous “construction” job will ultimately undermine the structural integrity of the U.N. building is not known, but the timely renovation project could have theoretically provided cover for the installation of demolition explosives in and around the United Nations Headquarters. These explosives could then be detonated via remote control at a future date in a calculated attempt to give the appearance of a coordinated Iranian terrorist attack.Lastly, on April 5, 2011, the U.N. building in New York City served as a staging ground for a massive terror drill with the main focus being on nuclear terrorism.

Iranian Nuclear Attack Scenarios:

1. Nuclear/dirty bomb attack on American cities (Boston, New York, Washington D.C., etc.)
2. Nuclear/dirty bomb attack on America’s Nuclear Reactors (Indian Point, Three Mile Island, etc.)
3. Nuclear/dirty bomb attack on
United Nations Headquarters in New York City, New York

Coincidentally, President Barack Obama made his first and only visit to Israel on March 20, 2013, in an apparent move which solidified the U.S-Israeli “grand war plan” for Iran. In an ominous sign, it was reported that Obama downplayed expectations for a Mideast peace breakthrough stating to Jewish leaders that he won’t be carrying a “grand peace plan” when he arrives in the region. According to the March 8, 2013, report, Marc Stanley, chairman of the National Jewish Democratic Council, said Obama reiterated his “unshakeable support for Israel” and that he will “be focused on discussing with his Israeli counterparts the critical issues facing the Jewish state, including Iran”.

Aside from the fact that Iran is openly being implicated in the Boston terror attacks, they have allegedly just tested a major nuclear bomb underground, which subsequently resulted in 7.8 magnitude earthquake, sparking local fears about nuclear radiation leaks. Also, on Israel’s 65th Independence Day, the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee adopted “Senate Resolution 65″ which stipulates the U.S. will assist Israel diplomatically, economically and militarily if the Jewish state is “attacked” by Iran, never mind that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s “Secret Iranian War Plan” had already been leaked!

The endgame of Iranian terror attacks is to destroy America physically, financially and of course psychologically. These nuclear attacks will most likely consist of 9/11 style aerial attacks and/or suicide bombings against the aforementioned targets as well as American landmarks, most of which have already been slated for demolition. With each passing phase of terror, U.S. President Barack Obama will seize more and more power until he is ultimately declared dictator and martial law is enacted.

The goal of the Zionist controllers of America, who are directly responsible for setting-up the U.S. versus Iran war scenario, is to get America to destroy herself the same way that Russia was destroyed under Stalin. This is done by dividing and then collapse society upon itself by baiting the gun-owning American public into a violent revolution against their own police and military while the Zionist terrorists sit off-shore and pull the strings. In the aftermath of a bloody wave of real or staged Iranian terror attacks, Zionist operative such as Alex Jones, Michael Savage, Sean Hannity, Bill O’Reilly, and Rush Limbaugh will attempt bait gun-owning Americans into taking up arms against the U.S. government. Predictably, these intelligence operatives will blame Obama for either ordering the acts of terror himself, or allowing Iran to commit the attacks.

ENCLOSED CHAPTERS:

1. A Nuclear Iran
2. Nuclear Reactor Terror
3. The Palestine Angle
4. United Nations Terror (New York)
5. Airport Terror Programing
6. Airplane Terror Programing
7. Airplane Crash Programing

Arab Provocation

Just prior to an Iranian nuclear attack on the U.S., whether false-flag or real, the Arab world must first be enraged as to complete the Zionist narrative that Muslims hate America and therefore have resorted to acts of terror in their quest for revenge. While it is impossible to know which form the future Arab provocation will take, recent history gives us some potential clues. On December 27, 2012, it was reported that
Zionist Rupert Murdoch had warned his followers on Twitter that the U.S. film Zero Dark Thirty, about the hunt for Osama bin Laden, “could inflame the Arab world“. Four months later on April 9, 2013, it was reported that U.S. pastor Terry Jones has once again announced plans to desecrate and burn Islam’s holy book the Qur’an. According the Iranian news report, the move by Jones will “spark worldwide outrage”. Jones’ organization has announced that members of the group will hold an event which they call “International Burning of 2,998 Qur’ans” to mark the 12th anniversary of 9/11 attacks. The 2,998 reportedly represents the number of people who were killed in the attacks that destroyed the World Trade Center towers in New York. Films, movies and Qur’ran burnings have been beta-tested over the last few years and will likely be used just prior to a major Middle East based false-flag terror attack.

1. A NUCLEAR IRAN:

1.1: Iran’s New Nuclear Bomb
In apparent foreshadowing of the explosive power unleashed by the new Iranian nuclear bomb, on April 16, 2013, exactly one day after the Boston Bombings, a 7.8 earthquake hit Iran and neighboring Pakistan, killing at least 37 people and injuring hundreds more. As reported on February 12, 2013, the nation of North Korea allegedly caused a 4.9- and 5.1-magnitude earthquake after conducting their 3rd underground nuclear test. Due to the magnitude and location of the April 16, 2013, Iranian earthquake, it stands to reason that this is in fact aman-made earthquake due to underground nuclear testing. In the immediate aftermath of the quake, Gulf Arab states raised fears about nuclear radiation following the earthquake which struck near Bushehr, the home of Iran’s only nuclear power plant. According to the report, Hussein al-Qahtani, spokesperson of the Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME), told the Saudi Gazette that, “We have been repeatedly saying that such a reactor is totally undesirable in the region. The Bushehr reactor is closer to some Gulf states than it is to Iran’s capital.”

1.2: Iran Behind Boston Terror Attacks?
Although alleged STRATFOR operative Alex Jones is hyping that notion that Navy SEALS were behind the Boston Bombings and U.S. federal authorities have hinted that a Saudi national was responsible, an April 16, 2013, report citing a source within Iranian intelligence services has stated that the Islamic regime was behind the Boston terror attacks. According to the report, the source said the bombs were planted near the end of the race so that the horrific images of the blasts would be captured by all the media there and be replayed over and over throughout the world. A senior commander in Iran warned less than two months ago that terrorism was coming to America. Iranian deputy chief of staff, Brig. Gen. Masoud Jazayeri, stated in an interview with Fars News Agency that “If the people of America and Europe do not confront the aggressive policies of their governments, they cannot then remain far from the possible future events (terror attacks).

1.3: Netanyahu’s “Secret” Iran War Plan Leaked
Only 5 days after President Barack Obama made his first and only visit to Israel, it was reported on March 25, 2013, that Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s “Secret Iranian War Plan” had been leaked. According to the report, “The Israeli attack will open with a coordinated strike, including an unprecedented cyber-attack which will totally paralyze the Iranian regime…Then a barrage of tens of ballistic missiles would be launched from Israel toward Iran. 300km ballistic missiles would be launched from Israeli submarines in the vicinity of the Persian Gulf…The missiles will strike their targets—some exploding above ground like those striking the nuclear reactor at Arak–which is intended to produce plutonium and tritium—and the nearby heavy water production facility; the nuclear fuel production facilities at Isfahan and facilities for enriching uranium-hexaflouride. Others would explode under-ground, as at the Fordo facility…A barrage of hundreds of cruise missiles will pound command and control systems, research and development facilities, and the residences of senior personnel in the nuclear and missile development apparatus….IAF war planes which participate in the attack will damage a short-list of targets which require further assault. Among the targets approved for attack—Shihab 3 and Sejil ballistic missile silos, storage tanks for chemical components of rocket fuel, industrial facilities for producing missile control systems, centrifuge production plants and more.”

1.4: Iran War Coalition
In a another sign that a U.S.-Iran war is on the horizon, it was reported on April 11, 2013, that the United States is seeking to form a regional war coalition against the Islamic Republic of Iran. According to the report, an unnamed security official said in an interview with the Israeli news website Walla that the recent visit by U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry to the Middle East aimed to create an anti-Iran axis in the region. The anti-Iran axis would include Israel, Turkey, Jordan and the Persian Gulf states, the official said. According to the source, the U.S.-led regional coalition would be tasked with supporting the harsh Western sanctions against Tehran and backing a potential military attack against the Islamic Republic in a worst-case scenario.

1.5: Iran Warns of World War III
Prior to an Iranian terror attack, whether false-flag or real, Iran has ratcheted up its vitriol against Israel and the United States. On April 14, 2013, it was reported that Iran has warned that an attack on the Islamic regime’s nuclear facilities could lead to global war. “Iran will not stand by in the face of such aggression,” stated Ali Ahani, Iran’s ambassador to France. “This can entail a chain of violence that may lead to World war III. A potential Israeli attack against Iran with an objective of destroying its scientific and nuclear facilities is sheer madness. Its consequences are disastrous and uncontrollable.” According to the report, the deputy chief of staff of Iran’s armed forces, Brig. Gen Masoud Jazayeri, warned the United States that Iran would continue its nuclear program. “We would not trade off our rights,” he said, adding that Iran would stand with North Korea in its faceoff with America. “Whenever necessary, we would stop the U.S. excessive demands,” he said. “The Islamic Revolution will never leave its past and present friends. The U.S. and its allies will suffer great losses if a war breaks out in this region.” The regime’s PressTV ran an op-ed analysis on Saturday with a headline “Iran deals deathblow to U.S. global hegemony”.

1.6: “U.S. Senate Resolution 65″
In what appears to be the final nail in the U.S.-Iran war coffin, on April 17, 2013, it was reported that on Israel’s 65th Independence Day, the U.S. Senate Foreign Relations Committee adopted “Senate Resolution 65,” stipulating that the U.S. will assist Israel diplomatically, economically and militarily if the Jewish state is compelled to take military action against Iran “in its defense of its territory, people, and existence.”  This treasonous resolution paves the way for a U.S. led invasion against Iran; all that is currently missing from the equation is the false-flag terror attack. Whatever Israel does to provoke a war with Iran, America’s blood and treasure will be dispensed in the aftermath. This resolution also conveniently circumvents the formal procedure of passing a war resolution against Iran in the U.S. Congress, essentially streamlining the future U.S. invasion of Iran.

1.7: Israel: Iran “Nightmare for Western World”
In more pre-Iranian war media propaganda, on April 17, 2013, it was reported that Israeli Defense Minister Moshe Ya’alon warned in an Independence Day speech that the Iranian nuclear program could lead to “an arms race in the Middle East, and cause nuclear weapons to spread to terror organizations.” Ya’alon said the situation with Iran “could be a nightmare for the Western world.” According to the report, Ya’alon also emphasized that Iran continues to enrich uranium, which indicates that Iran’s government “is not impressed” by existing sanctions from the West. “The world must lead the campaign against Iran, but Israel must prepare for the possibility that it will have to defend itself with its own powers,” Ya’alon said.

1.8: Iran’s “Secret” Nuclear Facility  
If and when Iran attacks America in a nuclear fashion, the weapon(s) will have had to have originated at some nuclear facility. On March 20, 2013, it was reported that Iranian scientists are working to perfect nuclear warheads at an underground site unknown to the West, according to a high-ranking intelligence officer of the Islamic regime. The nuclear site, approximately 14 miles long and 7.5 miles wide, consists of two facilities built deep into a mountain along with a missile facility that is surrounded by barbed wire, 45 security towers and several security posts. The new secret nuclear site, named Quds (Jerusalem), is almost 15 miles from another site, previously secret but exposed in 2009, the Fordow nuclear facility. As of three months ago, the source said, there were 76 kilograms of 20 percent enriched uranium stock at the site and 48 kilograms of over 40 percent enriched uranium. The report further stated that Iran is working on 17 Shahab 3 missiles in preparation of arming them with nuclear warheads and that the operational and technical aspect of the delivery system is 80 percent completed.

1.9: Iran Denies “Secret” Nuclear Facility
The nuclear facility entitled “Quds”, apparently meaning “Jerusalem”, was openly denied in report from April 10, 2013, in which the head of
Iran’s Atomic Energy Organization denied the existence of the secret uranium enrichment site where Iran is allegedly making great progress in creating nuclear warheads for an array of long-range missiles. According to the report, all major Iranian media reported on the press conference with the headline, “The existence of a nuclear site with the name of Quds is not accurate.” Fereidoon Abassi, head of Atomic Energy Organization of Iran, is quoted as saying, “The existence of the Quds site 15 meters (50 feet) northeast of Fordow is not correct.” The [nuclear] site actually sits 15 kilometers, or 9.3 miles, to the northeast of the previous secret site of Fordow.

1.10: Iran’s Nuclear Program “Blinking Red”
Complementing the aforementioned Iranian nuclear test of April 16, 2013, it was reported the day after on April 17, 2013, that two diplomats had stated that Iran has tripled installations of high-tech machines at its main enrichment facility to more than 600 in three months — machines that could be used in a nuclear weapons program. According to the report, the machines are not yet producing enriched uranium and some may be only partially installed. Still the move is the latest sign that 10 years of diplomatic efforts have failed to persuade Tehran to curb its uranium enrichment program.

1.11: Nuclear Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear related terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear related headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Headlines:

1. November 29, 2013: Nuclear Christmas, False Flag In America To Blame On Iran
2. January 22, 2013:
Indian Police Warn Kashmir Residents Of Possible Nuclear Attack
3. February 17, 2013:
‘No Immediate Risk’: Nuclear Waste Tank Leaking In Washington
4. February 21, 2013:
Mission To Transport 23,000 Liters Of Bomb-Grade Uranium From Canada To US
5. February 23, 2013:
6 Tanks Leaking Radioactive Waste At Washington Nuclear Site
6. February 23, 2013:
Oregon Senator To Ask For GAO Probe Of Hanford Nuclear Site
7. February 25, 2013:
Radiation Panic Grips Mumbai
8. February 26, 2013:
Nuclear Waste Leak In Wash. “Scandalous,” Expert Says
9. March 15, 2013:
Dirty Bomb Material Secured In Philadelphia, Thousands Of Sites Remain In U.S.
10. March 15, 2013:
Feds Swarm Metra Train After Detecting Nuclear Risk
11. April 2, 2013:
Nuclear Board Warns Of Washington Tank Explosion Risk
12. April 12, 2013:
Nuclear Waste Barrels Strewn Across Floor Of English Channel
13. April 18, 2013:
‘Like A Nuclear Bomb’: Deadly Fertilizer Plant Blast Devastates Texas Town

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

1.12: Iranian Assassination Plot

In an ominous sign that America may be targeted for assassination by Iran, on October 11, 2011, U.S. officials accused the Iranian government of a plot to assassinate Saudi ambassador Adel al-Jubeir in the United States. The plot was referred to as the “Iran assassination plot” or the “Iran terror plot” in the media, while the FBI named the case “Operation Red Coalition”. According to Wikipedia, Iranian nationals Manssor Arbabsiar and Gholam Shakuri were charged in federal court in New York with plotting to assassinate Al-Jubeir.U.S. officials stated that the two planned to kill Al-Jubeir at a restaurant with a bomb and subsequently bomb the Saudi embassy and the Israeli embassy in Washington, D.C.Arbabsiar was arrested on September 29, 2011, at John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York while Shakuri remained at large. While it is impossible to know why the assassination plot became such a media fire-storm, especially considering a number of foreign officials and analysts found it laughable, it was most likely concocted to show convince Americans that Iran does indeed have Quds Force “terrorists” force operating within the borders of the United States.

Latest Iran War Headline:

1. December 16, 2012: Iran Making Anthrax At Secret Plant
2. March 2, 2013:
Seized Chinese Weapons Raise Concerns On Iran
3. March 20, 2013:
Revealed! Evidence Iran Crossed Nuclear ‘Red Line’
4. March 20, 2013:
Tell President Obama And Congress: No War With Iran
5. March 24, 2013:
New Cold War Takes Shape In Arabian Gulf
6. March 25, 2013:
Dangerous Crossroads: Threat Of Pre-Emptive Nuclear War Directed Against Iran
7. March 25, 2013:
Leaked Document Outlines Israel’s “Shock And Awe” Plan To Attack Iran
8. March 25, 2013:
War On Iran Would Mean World War III
9. March 25, 2013:
Obama Sets Stage For War With Iran
10. April 10, 2013:
Iran: Nuclear Weapons Site? What Nuclear Weapons Site?
11. April 11, 2013:
Kerry In Mideast To Form Anti-Iran War Coalition: Report
12. April 13, 2013:
Report: Iran Successfully Tests Three New Missiles
13. April 14, 2013:
Iran Warns Of World War III
14. April 16, 2013:
To Prevent War With Iran, Give Israel Fuel Tankers
15. April 16, 2013:
Israel May Have to Attack Iran Alone
16. April 17, 2013:
Senate Committee: US Will Aid Israel If It Strikes Iran
17. April 17, 2013:
Diplomats: Iran Ups Nuke Technology
18. April 18, 2013:
Ahmadinejad Slams ‘foreign presence’ In Persian Gulf As Iran Marks Army Day

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

1.13: Iranian Bio-Terror Attack?

Although an Iranian based nuclear attack on America is the most likely false-flag, a report from
December 16, 2012, states that  Iran is now making “anthrax” at a secret bio-terror plant. What exactly the anthrax is for is purely speculative, but three months later on March 8, 2013, an article entitled “Is The Middle East Brewing The Perfect Storm For A Health Epidemic?” was published potentially foreshadowing a Middle East spawned pandemic. In the immediate aftermath of the Boston Bombings, which Iran was allegedly responsible for, it was reported on April 17, 2013, that envelopes addressed to President Obama and a  U.S. Senator had tested positive for the bio-terror agent known as Ricin. Whether or not Iran will decide to lace their impending nuclear attacks with a bio-terror agent is not known, but a bio-terror pandemic is planned for 2013.

2. NUCLEAR REACTOR TERROR
:

2.1: Nuclear Reactor Terror “Blinking Red”
On March 11, 2011, exactly 33 days after the failed nuclear terror attack of February 6, 2011, there was an attack on the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Power Plant in Ōkuma, Japan. According to Japanese scientists, the 2011 Tōhoku earthquake and tsunami, which allegedly caused the Fukushima nuclear disaster, was actually the result of an underwater explosion. As with all airports used in the 9/11 attacks, Fukushima was also conveniently “secured” by an Israeli company shortly before the incident. In the wake of the Fukushima disaster , there have been approximately 50 nuclear reactor “emergencies”, “closures”, “leaks” and other major incidents clearly setting the stage for coming nuclear reactor terror on an unimaginable scale. Complementing the unprecedented nuclear reactor emergencies are multiple cases of “terrorists” attempting to breach nuclear reactors, repeated lapses in nuclear reactor security, as well as countless propaganda articles indicating that a Fukushima-level event inside the United States is a foregone conclusion.  Aside from blatant programming of the 2012 Hollywood nuclear reactor disaster film entitled “Chernobyl Diaries”, a recent Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) panel recommended that the U.S. government customize emergency plans for each of America’s 65 nuclear power plants, a change would “expand” the standard 10-mile evacuation zone surrounding nuclear reactors. Also, in a letter submitted to internal investigators at the NRC, a whistleblower engineer within the agency accused regulators of deliberately covering up information relating to the vulnerability of U.S. nuclear power facilities that sit downstream from large dams and reservoirs.

Top Nuclear Reactor Targets:

1.
Indian Point Energy Center (Buchanan, New York) “Fukushima Warning
2.
Oconee Nuclear Station (Seneca, South Carolina) “Fukushima Warning
3.
San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station (San Diego County, California) “False-Flag Terror Warning
4.
Pilgrim Nuclear Generating Station (Plymouth, Massachusetts) “Security Recently Tightened
5.
Seabrook Station Nuclear Power Plant (Seabrook, New Hampshire) “Security Recently Tightened

2.2: Nuclear Reactor Revenge Attack?
The notion that Iran could attack U.S. based nuclear reactor facilities was first disclosed  on December 13, 2011, when it was reported that U.S. officials were investigating reports that Iranian diplomats in Mexico were involved in planned cyber-attacks against U.S. targets, including nuclear power plants. According to the report, allegations about the cyber-terror plot were aired in a documentary on the Spanish-language TV network Univision, which included secretly recorded footage of Iranian diplomats being briefed on the planned attacks and promising to pass information to their governments. The impeding attack on U.S. nuclear facilities will most likely be touted a “revenge” attack based on the document history (see below) of U.S. and Israeli attacks on Iranian nuclear facilities.

Attacks Iran’s Nuclear Facilities:

1. November 22, 2010: Stuxnet ‘Hit’ Iran Nuclear Plans
2. June 21, 2012:
Iran: ‘Massive Cyber Attack’ Detected On Nuclear Facilities
3. July 24, 2012:
Dirty Deeds: Iranian Nuclear Program Hit By ‘AC/DC Virus’?
4. April 13, 2012: Stuxnet Delivered To Iranian Nuclear Plant On Thumb Drive
5. September 22, 2012:
Iran Accuses Siemens Of Nuclear Sabotage
6. September 23, 2012:
Spy Rock Explodes Near Secret Iranian Nuclear Compound
7. December 25, 2012:
Iran Media Report New Cyberattack By Stuxnet Worm
8. February 26, 2012:
Symantec Discovers 2005 US Computer Virus Attack On Iran Nuclear Plants

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

2.3: All 104 US Nuclear Reactors Should Be Replaced
In an apparent sign that American nuclear reactors are doomed, it was reported on April 9, 2013, that the former chairman of the US Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Gregory B. Jaczko, had stated that all 104 nuclear reactors currently operational in the U.S. have irreparable safety issues and should be taken out of commission and replaced. The comments, made during the Carnegie International Nuclear Policy Conference, are “highly unusual” for a current or former member of the safety commission, according to The New York Times. Asked why he had suddenly decided to make the remarks, Jaczko implied that he had only recently arrived at these conclusions following the serious aftermath of Japan’s tsunami-stricken Fukushima Daichii nuclear facility. “I was just thinking about the issues more, and watching as the industry and the regulators and the whole nuclear safety community continues to try to figure out how to address these very, very difficult problems,” which were made more evident by the 2011 Fukushima nuclear accident in Japan, he said. “Continuing to put Band-Aid on Band-Aid is not going to fix the problem.”

2.4: Nuclear Reactor Terror Programing
Prior to a high-profile nuclear reactor terror attack on American soil, the public must first be psychologically prepared to accept that this is in fact possible. As depicted below, nuclear reactor headlines are beginning to construct the government/media narrative of impending nuclear reactor terror. The quantity and intensity of “nuclear reactor” related headlines are sure to increase as the fruition of this given nuclear-terror plot nears.

Latest Nuclear Reactor Headlines:

1. December 21, 2012: Engineers Warn: Two US Nuclear Plants May Cause New Fukushima
2. January 2, 2013:
Iran To Citizens Flee City Over Reported Nuclear Leak (Isfahan, Iran)
3. January 23, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Causes Freak Snowstorm (Shippingport, Pennsylvania)
4. February 3, 2013:
Nuke Plant Operator Disputes Safety Claim (San Onofre, California)
5. February 9, 2013:
Outage Shuts Down Nuclear Power Plant (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
6. February 26, 2013:
Symantec Discovers 2005 US Computer Virus Attack On Iran Nuclear Plants
7. March 13, 2013:
Nuclear Power Plant Taken Off Line Over Generator Malfunction (Bushehr, Iran)
8. March 16, 2013:
US Gov’t Concerned About Solar Storms Impacting Nuclear Plants
9. March 18, 2013:
Power Outage At Nuke Plant Leaves Fuel Pools Without Cooling (Fukushima, Japan)
10. March 25, 2013:
‘Rat-Like Animal’ Caused Massive Fukushima Power Outage (Fukushima, Japan)
11. April 1, 2013:
Accident At Arkansas Nuclear Site Kills Man (Russellville, Arkansas)
12. April 5, 2013:
Cooling System At Japan Nuclear Plant Back Working (Fukushima, Japan)
13. April 6, 2013:
Japan’s Fukushima Nuclear Plant Leaks Contaminated Water (Fukushima, Japan)
14. April 9, 2013:
‘Irreparable’ Safety Issues: All US Nuclear Reactors Should Be Replaced
15. April 10, 2013:
Gulf States Fear Nuclear Radiation Leak After Iran Earthquake (Bushehr, Iran)
16. April 15, 2013:
Pilgrim Nuclear Plant Forced To Shut Down (Plymouth, Massachusetts)
17. April 16, 2013:
Two US Nuke Plants Tighten Security After Blasts(Massachusetts & New Hampshire)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

2.5: Nuclear Reactor Trial

In what appears to be post-nuclear reactor terror programming, on February 3, 2013, it was reported that the
group of anti-nuclear activists who trespassed onto the National Security Complex in Oak Ridge, Tennessee in July of 2012, will face a May 7, 2013 trial. According to the report, Megan Rice, now 83, Michael Walli, 63, and Greg Boertje-Obed, 57, all face a series of federal charges, including unauthorized entry to the Y-12 National Security Complex, destroying or attempting to destroy property on the site and committing depredation against U.S. property. In the after-math of nuclear reactor terror, the trial, which will most likely be televised, will present a dramatic narrative of how three activists navigated the weak security protocols as the nuclear facility.

3. THE PALESTINE ANGLE:

3.1: Palestinian Airlines Activated 
Should America suffer a “Nuclear 9/11”, the Zionist state of Israel will likely find some way to implicate Palestine in the attack. On May 28, 2012, it was reported that Palestinian Airlines was resuming flights after their seven-year hiatus. According to reports, the airline will make two flights per week with just two planes and one hub. The airline will conduct biweekly flights between El Arish, a city on Egypt’s Sinai peninsula adjacent to the border with Gaza, and Marka airbase, located outside Jordan’s capital Amman. Should a new 9/11 style terror attack occur, it is possible that the plane(s) used in the attack could allegedly originate from Palestine in a desperate attempt by Israel to demonize the Palestinian people who currently have the sympathy of entire gentile world.

3.2: UN Palestinian Statehood Vote
 
Even before Palestine could present their 
bid for official statehood, predictions that Palestinians would turn violent began to circulate. Committing acts of terror just prior to or right after a U.N. vote is counterproductive and is obviously not in the best interest of Palestine. This type of propaganda only makes sense when it is understood that Israel is in fact the occupying and terrorizing force in Gaza. Israel is violently opposed to a Palestinian state and will do anything and everything in its power to destroy any notion of Palestinian statehood. If and when Palestine is rejected for statehood by the U.N., the rejection could easily serve as an alleged motive for a future terror attack against the U.N. itself. Palestine is Israel’s #1 enemy, so if the Israeli Mossad has a chance to set-up Palestine for an international terror attack, they will do it.

3.3: July 31, 2013 Israeli/Palestine Football Game
Should Iran and Palestine be implicated in a nuclear terror attack against America, the upcoming high-profile football match featuring the Barcelona football club versus a combined team of Palestinians and Israelis to “promote peace” could be used as a staging ground for Israeli terror. According to the February 21, 2013, report, the venue and date for the match has not been officially disclosed, but Israeli media have reported the exhibition game will take place July 31, 2013, possibly at Ramat Gan Stadium near Tel Aviv. Although one would hope that the gesture of peace by Barcelona is genuine, sporting events are increasingly being used by “terrorists” due to the fact that they are widely televised and they already have a large and live unsuspecting sitting audience.

4. UNITED NATIONS TERROR:

4.1: United Nations Terror
Given the current geopolitical climate, there is a real possibility that the
United Nations Headquarters in New York City, which is currently “under construction”, may be the site of a major false-flag terror attack. The motives for a U.N. terror attack would be multifaceted in that it would garner support for Obama at home, demonize America abroad, and give the United Nations a reason to move the World Headquarters to Geneva, Switzerland. Based on its location, timely “construction” and terror drills, a high profile 9/11 style attack (plane into building, building comes down) on the U.N. building may be in order.

4.2: U.N. Disrespected Iran
On multiple occasions, 
Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has been blatantly disrespected at the U.N. by Israeli, American and European politicians, dignitaries and ambassadors who stood up and walked out of his speech to U.N. General Assembly. Although Ahmadinejad didn’t seem to mind the distraction, the individuals which left cited Ahmadinejad’s rhetoric in respect to Zionism, Israel’s genocidal policy towards Palestine and the truth behind 9/11 as the justification for their rude behavior. Should a terror attack strike the United Nations it is possible that Iran and Ahmadinejad will be scapegoated for wanting revenge for previously being so publically disrespected.

4.3: The U.N. “Remodel” 
Is the U.N. conveniently being renovated just prior to its scheduled destruction? According to a
Press Core report, “Like the World Trade Center Towers the presence of asbestos has made the renovations of the U.N. headquarters too expensive and impractical. The cost to safely remove the asbestos from the ceilings of the building doubled the initial projected cost of $1.2 billion. That is the official revised cost. The actual cost is much higher. Some estimates put it as much as 10 times more expensive. Now that they have discovered that the U.N. pipes are also lined with asbestos the cost to remove and replace all of the piping in the building makes the UN building a perfect site for another CIA false flag attack.” On March 11, 2011, it was reported that the U.N. has already used $2 billion and is asking for $3 billion more to finish the remodel, ultimately keeping the New York building an continuously open construction site whereby demolition explosives could be easily installed any time.

4.4: U.N. False-Flag Chatter
On October 31, 2011, an alternative new source stated that the U.N. could possibly be a false-flag terror target intended to take America and the world to war with Iran. According to the report, the CIA is preparing to destroy the asbestos condemned United Nations building in New York by posing as construction contractors. Just like in the controlled demolition of the World Trade Center Towers on 9/11, the CIA is preparing to place a small tactical nuke in an excavated hole in the center of the U.N. building’s basement. Like the WTC tower, the presence of asbestos has made the renovations of the U.N. headquarters too expensive with initial costs projected at $1.2 billion. The report goes on to state that the US Congress has already financed this false flag attack by providing $2.65 billion to FEMA on September 29, 2011.

4.5: U.N. Terror Attacks
In August of 2011, the 
United Nations disclosed that they were a victim of cyber terrorism. The cyber security company McAfee stated that the cyber-attack came from a “state actor” but declined to name it. Eventually, the “state actor” will be ousted and chances are the nation of Iran will be implicated. More recently, on August 15, 2012, a bomb has exploded near a fuel truck outside a hotel where U.N. observers were staying in Syria. Although this was not a direct attack on the U.N., it may be an indication that the U.N. will be targeted in the near future.

4.6: U.N. WMD Drill  
On April 5, 2011, the 
U.N. building in New York City served as a staging ground for a massive terror drill with the main focus being on nuclear terrorism. The drill began at the U.N. and then moved to other locations throughout New York City. The week-long series of terror drills involved dozens of agencies and first responders and focused on one of the great concerns of the post-9/11 era: nuclear terrorism. According to report, the NYPD and 70 other law enforcement agencies tested their ability to detect radiological materials and prevent an attack orchestrated by four fictional terror cells intent on targeting New York City with a “dirty bomb”.

5. AIRPORT TERROR PROGRAMING
:

5.1: Airport Terror Blinking Red
In 1968,
Israeli terrorists blew up 13 civilian airliners at the airport in Beirut, Lebanon. Since then, airport terror has spread worldwide and it is highly likely that it will make its way to American shores any day now. In 2012 alone, there have been over 50 major terror threat or terror related events at airports worldwide, something unprecedented in aviation history. Needless to say, airport terror is blinking red on every level and should Iran attack America, they will likely have to “hijack” airplanes at an airport prior to loading them with nuclear weapons.

5.2: Airport Security Compromised
Despite all the new airport security protocols put in place since 9/11, airport security is now more compromised more than ever before. On September 26, 2012, it was reported that
airport security workers at JFK airport have stated that security inspections are routinely rushed so that flights will not be delayed, ultimately raising the risk of missing weapons, explosives and drugs. Three days later on September 29, 2012, it was reported that a convicted TSA Agent who stole more than $800K worth of goods from passengers stated that stealing from bags in “very common”. A day later on September 30, 2012, it was reported that the TSA had allowed a loaded gun through security on two separate occasions during the same week in airports in New Orleans, Louisiana, and Newark, New Jersey. On October 16, 2012, it was reported that a JFK baggage handler had received life in prison for his part in an airport drug-smuggling ring. A month later on November 14, 2012, it was reported that an American Airlines employee was found to be on the government’s terrorist “No-Fly List”. A day later on November 15, 2013, it was reported that two thieves looted nearly 4,000 new iPad minis from a John F. Kennedy Airport in New York, New York. A day later, a woman allegedly was able to drive her car onto an active runway at an airport in Phoenix, Arizona. Four months later on March 22, 2013, it was reported that a man impersonating a pilot reached the plane’s cockpit at the airport in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Needless to say, these events were orchestrated to demonize America and pave the way for future terror attacks.

5.3: Airport Related Terror Events
Prior to an airport terror attack stemming from Iran, the public must first be psychologically programed that airport terror on a grand scale is in fact possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airport related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the
51 documented airport terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 14 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way.

Airport Terror Timeline:

1. December 31, 2011:Explosives Found In Bag During Screening (Midlands, Texas)
2. February 25, 2012:
10 Air Traffic Controllers Sleeping And Texting (White Plains, New York)
3. March 9, 2012:
Air Controller Involved In 2 Potential Collisions (Gulfport, Mississippi)
4. March 29, 2012:
Bomb Found On Man Trying To Pass Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
5. April 20, 2012:
Airliner Crashes While Trying To Land At Airport Killing 127 (Islamabad, Pakistan)
6. August 1, 2012:
Airport Evacuated Over Bomb Threat (San Antonio, Texas)
7. August 29, 2012:
Airport Closed After WW II Bomb Found (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
8. September 22, 2012:
Naked Woman Arrested At Airport (Orlando, Florida)
9. September 25, 2012:
Kenya Bombs Somali Airport Held By Militants (Kismayo, Somalia)
10. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (New Orleans, Louisiana)
11. September 30, 2012:
Loaded Gun Allowed Past TSA Security (Newark, New Jersey)
12. October 9, 2012:
Man Arrested With Weapons And Body Armor At LAX (Los Angeles, California)
13. October 9, 2012:
17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
14. October 11, 2012:
Indiana Woman Disappears From Airport (Dallas-Ft. Worth, Texas)
15. October 14, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Traveler Cracks Bad Joke (Anchorage, Alaska)
16. October 15, 2012:
Miami Plane Causes Typhoid Scare At Airport (New Orleans, Louisiana)
17. October 16, 2012:
Airport Worker Gets Life In Prison For Drug-Smuggling (New York, New York)
18. October 30, 2012:
92 Flights Canceled After Bomb Found At Airport (Sendai, Japan)
19. November 2, 2012:
Man Found Shot Near Airport (Burbank, California)
20. November 6, 2012:
Pilot Accused Of Stealing Car Near Sea-Tac Airport (Seattle, Washington)
21. November 14, 2012:
American Airlines Employee Put On “No Fly List” (Miami, Florida)
22. November 15, 2012:
4,000 Apple iPads Stolen From JFK Airport (New York, New York)
23. November 15, 2012:
Flights Grounded After United Suffers Computer “Glitch” (USA)
24. November 16, 2012:
Man Arrested With Suicide Bomb Materials At Airport (Oakland, California)
25. November 16, 2012:
Airport Workers Set To Strike On Thanksgiving Eve (Loa Angeles, California)
26. November 16, 2012:
Woman With Child Drives Onto Airport Runway (Phoenix, Arizona)
27. November 19, 2012:
Passenger Detained After Threats Against Flight (New York)
28. November 23, 2013:
French Riot Police Clash With Airport Protesters (Nantes, France)
29. November 26, 2012:
Airport Evacuated After Dynamite Threat (Miami, Florida)
30. December 1, 2012:
Airport Rapist Is Sentenced To 6 years To Life (Denver, Colorado)
31. December 3, 2012:
Violence Near Airport Forces Flight Back To Egypt (Damascus, Syria)
32. December 7, 2012:
Syrian Rebels Say Airport Are Legitimate Targets (Damascus, Syria)
33. December 10, 2012:
Man Arrested Smuggling 26 Stun Guns Through Airport (New York, New York)
34: December 12, 2012:
Woman Arrested With Cocaine Breast Implants At Airport (Barcelona, Spain)
35. December 14, 2012:
TSA Detains ‘Explosive-Laced’ Girl In Wheelchair (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
36. December 14, 2012:
JFK Airport Strike Authorized Amid Holiday Travel (New York, New York)
37. December 24, 2012:
Lighter Mistaken For Grenade Causes Security Scare At Airport (Miami, Florida)
38. January 4, 2013:
Battery-Powered Toothbrush Prompts Airport Security Scare (Atlanta, Georgia)
39. January 15, 2013:
18 Human Heads Found At O’Hare Airport (Chicago, Illinois)
40. January 30, 2013:
Smoking Bag Prompts Airport To Close Four Gates (Dallas-Ft Worth, Texas)
41. February 2, 2013:
Syrian Rebels Advance Near Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
42. February 6, 2013:
Live Cannonball In Luggage Forces Airport Evacuation (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
43. February 15, 2013:
Plane Carrying Political Delegation Crashes Near Airport (Charlesville, Liberia)
44. February 17, 2013:
Police Arrest Man With Loaded Gun At Airport (Newark, New Jersey)
45. February 19, 2013:
NFL Player Caught With Gun At Airport (New York, New York)
46. March 12, 2013:
Syrian Rebels In Battle With Syrian Troops Over Airport (Aleppo, Syria)
47. March 20, 2013:
Airport Concourses Evacuated After Security Breach (Seattle, Washington)
48. March 22, 2013:
Falling Sign Kills 10-Year Old Boy At Airport (Birmingham, Alabama)
49. March 22, 2013:
Fake Pilot Reaches Plane’s Cockpit At Airport (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
50. April 1, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Device Found (Detroit, Michigan)
51. April 2, 2013:
Airport Drug Smuggler Sentenced To 12 Years In Prison (San Francisco, California)
52. April 8, 2013:
Feds: 4 Airports Didn’t Follow Safety Training Rules (New York/New Jersey)
52. April 9, 2013:
Airport Employee Charged With Stealing Guns From Luggage (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
52. April 13, 2013:
Smoke From Forest Fires Forces Closure Of Airport (Tegucigalpa, Honduras)
53. April 16, 2013:
Airport Terminal Evacuated After Suspicious Package Found (New York, New York)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

6. AIRPLANE TERROR PROGRAMING:

6.1: Airplane Terror Blinking Red
The first act of air piracy in the history of civil aviation was carried out by Israel in December of 1954 when a civilian Syrian airliner was forced down in Tel Aviv and its passengers and crew were held for days by Israeli terrorists.  Despite international condemnation, the Israeli terrorists refused to release the hostages. Since then, real airplane terror events like 9/11 are few and far between but terror related headlines, hoaxes and scares are now at an all-time high. This is due to the fact that fake and exaggerated headlines, stories and propaganda are just as effective in terrorizing the population and are a lot easier to clean up after than a real terror operation. 

6.2: TSA Announces Biggest Loosening of Security Since 9/11
In another U.S. government decision to make acts of alleged Iranian terror easier to conduct; rules in respect to weapons being allowed on planes have been suddenly changed.  On March 6, 2013, it was reported that that the TSA will be allowing air passengers to bring pocketknives (blades shorter than 2.36 inches), golf clubs and hockey sticks on flights and in the passenger cabin starting on April 25, 2013. According to the report, the policy changes were made to conform to international rules and shorten the amount of time checkpoint officials spend confiscating items.  The TSA only stated that, “This is part of an overall risk-based security approach, which allows transportation security officers to better focus their efforts on finding higher-threat items such as explosives”. The Flight Attendants Union Coalition reacted to the new rules by stating that “these proposed changes will further endanger the lives of all flight attendants and the passengers we work so hard to keep safe and secure” and described the TSA decision as “poor and shortsighted”.

6.3: Airplane Terror Hype
Prior to numerous airplane terror attacks stemming from Iranian terrorists, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on the 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in April of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane related terror has occurred worldwide. Based on the 65 documented airplane terror hoaxes, threats and scares conducted by airlines, government agencies, the media and military in the span of roughly 15 months, there is absolutely no other conclusion that can be reached other than that there is a deliberate and concerted campaign to terrorize the public in every conceivable way. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” who were involved in high-profile airplane terror related incidents, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane terror globally as well as shocking and terrorizing the entire fan base of these respective “celebrities”.

Airplane Terror Timeline:

1. January 6, 2011: Hijack Attempt Foiled Aboard Turkish Air Flight (Istanbul, Turkey)
2. May 12, 2011:
Bomb “Hoax” On Board Trans-Atlantic Virgin Flight (Atlantic Ocean)
3. September 4, 2011:
U.S. Terror Warning For Small Planes, But Says No Plots Known
4. December 28, 2011:
NORAD F-16′s Intercept Airplane Over U.S. Capitol (Washington D.C.)
5. January 17, 2012:
British Airways Flight Tells Passengers Plane Will Crash (Atlantic Ocean)
6. January 17, 2012:
Military Jets Escort Trans-Pacific Plane After Hijacking Scare (Seattle, Washington)
7. April 10, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Pacific Light Require Military Escort (Vancouver, Canada)
8. April 20, 2012:
Landing Aborted As Australian Pilot Was Busy Texting (Changi Airport, Singapore)
9. April 30, 2012: Officials Watch For Terrorists With Body Bombs On US-Bound Planes
10. June 17, 2012:
Pilot Attempts To Hijacks  CRJ200 Jet Aircraft—Commits Suicide (St. George, Utah)
11. June 30, 2012:
Passengers And Crew Foil Hijack Attempt (Xinjiang, China)
12. August 7, 2012:
Man Arrested With U.S. Customs, Coast Guard And CIA Uniforms (Miami, Florida)
13. August 16, 2012:
Bomb Threat Forces Trans-Atlantic Flight To Land In Iceland (Atlantic Ocean)
14. August 21, 2012:
Afghan Militants Hit U.S. Military Chief’s Plane (Kabul, Afghanistan)
15. September 23, 2012:
Fake Pilot Who Joined Cabin Crew Arrested (Turin, Italy)
16. September 20, 2012:
Plane Makes Emergency Landing After Smoke On Board (Jacksonville, Florida)*
17. September 20, 2012:
Fight Between Flight Attendants Delays Flight (New York, New York)
18. September 22, 2012:
Police: Flight Attendant Stole Passenger’s iPad (Oregon City, Oregon)
19. September 23, 2012
:
Flight Attendant Bring Loaded Gun Through Security (Philadelphia, Pennsylvania)
20. September 26, 2012:
Plane Diverted After Flight Attendant Altercation (Morrisville, North Carolina)
21. October 1, 2012:
Second Flight Returns To JFK After Row Of Seats Comes Loose (AA)
22. October 2, 2012:
American Airlines Pulls More Jets Following 3rd Seat Incident (AA)
23. October 3, 2012
:
Plane Lands Safely In After Bird Strike (Windsor, Connecticut)
24. October 9, 2012:
“Terror Threats” Ground 2 Flights Headed For Beijing (China)
25. October 9, 2012:
17 Flights Diverted Due To Air Traffic Control “Glitch” (Manila, Philippines)
26. October 17, 2012:
Man Tries To Open Exit Door After Flight Lands  (Salt Lake City, Utah)
27. October 19, 2012:
U.S. Forces Turkey To Down Syrian Passenger Plane
28. October 21, 2012:
Bomb Threat On Trans-Atlantic Flight Prompts Search (Los Angeles, California)
29. October 28, 2012:
Interior Panel Of American Airlines Plane Falls Off In Flight (Miami, Florida)
30. October 31, 2012:
Court Sentences Man To Life In Prison For 2009 Hijack Scare (New Deli, India)
31. November 11, 2012:
Plane Slides Off Taxiway At Airport (Denver, Colorado)
32. November 13, 2012:
Wheel Of Plane Catches Fire During Takeoff (Johannesburg, South Africa)
33. November 19, 2012:
Turbulence On Cuba-Miami Flight Leaves 30 Bruised (Miami, Florida)
34. November 19, 2012:
Flight Loses Cabin Pressure Oxygen Masks Used (Dallas, Texas)
35. November 24, 2012:
NORAD Sends F-16 Jets To Escort Cessna (Charleston, South Carolina)
36. November 28, 2012:
Shotgun Shell Found On Seat Delays Flight (Milwaukee, Wisconsin)
37. December 25, 2012:
Small Fire Breaks Out Jet At Airport (Phoenix, Arizona)
38. January 2, 2013:
Flight From Brazil Diverted When Woman Dies On Plane (Houston, Texas)
39. January 3, 2013:
Drunk Pilot Removed From Airliner While Trying To Depart (Minneapolis, Minnesota)
40. January 3, 2013:
Plane Bursts Into Flames At Airport (Las Vegas, Nevada)
41. January 5, 2013:
Airline Crew Binds Man To Seat After He Goes Berserk (New York, New York)
42. January 13, 2013:
Japan Airlines Reports New Fuel Leak In Boeing 787 (Tokyo, Japan)
43. January 14, 2013:
Plane Lands After Fire Reported On Flight (Windsor Locks; Connecticut)
44. January 14, 2013:
Bird Strikes Force 2 Planes To Return To JFK Airport (New York, New York)
45. January 14, 2013:
Prime Minister Praises Plane Just Before It Breaks Down (Oxfordshire, England)**
46. January 16, 2013:
All Boeing 787 Jets Grounded After  Burning Smell Reports (Japan)
47. January 21, 2013:
Plane From New York Blows 4 Tires Veers Off Runway (Newark, New Jersey)
48. January 22, 2013:
Jetliner Blows 3 Tires On Runway (Denver, Colorado)
49. January 24, 2013:
Video Of Plane Barely Missing 2 People Prompts FAA Probe (Lancaster, Texas)
50. January 28, 2013:
Italian Court: Missile Caused 1980 Plane Crash
51. February 1, 2013:
Pilot Locked Out Of Cockpit While Co-Pilot Slept (Amsterdam, Netherlands)
30. February 1, 2013:
Flight Diverts To Denver Due To “Unruly Passenger” (Denver, Colorado)
52. February 4, 2013:
Flight Diverted After Pilot Loses Consciousness Midair (Portland, Oregon)
53. February 8, 2013:
Trans-Atlantic Flight Diverted After Smoke In Cockpit (Shannon, Ireland)
54. February 12, 2013:
Pakistani Plane Has Tire Malfunction On Landing (Muscat, Oman)
55. February 12, 2013:
British Airways Staff In Boozy Rampage On Flight (Washington D.C)
56. February 12, 2013:
Passenger Pronounced Dead When Plane Lands (Salt Lake City Utah)
57. February 15, 2013:
Flight From GITMO Naval Base Makes Emergency Landing (Miami, Florida)
58. February 18, 2013:
Plane Makes Emergency Landing Due To Mechanical Fault (Harbin, China)
59. February 22, 2013:
Flight Skids Off Runway At Airport(Cleveland, Ohio)
60. March 4, 2013:
Small Plane Makes Emergency Landing At Airport (St. Louis, Missouri)
61. March 5, 2013:
Mysterious Drone Over JFK Airport Almost Causes Crash (New York, New York)
62. March 7, 2013:
Engine Trouble Forces Plane To Make Emergency Landing (Chicago, Illinois)
63. March 11, 2013:
Jet Gets Stuck In Grass Off Airport Runway (Houston, Texas)
64. March 13, 2013:
Plane Pulled From Muddy Field After It Skids Off Runway (Katowice, Poland)
65. March 30, 2013:
Police Find Body Of Man Ejected From Plane (Apison, Tennessee)
66. April 16, 2013:
American Airlines Systems Outage Leaves Flights Grounded Nationwide (U.S.)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

Celebrity Plane Scares
:

*
Baltimore Oriels Plane
**
Prime Minister David Cameron
***
Chicago Bulls Plane

7. AIRPLANE CRASH PROGRAMING:

7.1: Airplane Crashes
Prior to numerous airplane crashes stemming from a Iranian Nuclear 9/11, the public must first be psychologically programed that airplane terror on a 9/11 scale is again possible. Starting in February of 2012, an unprecedented wave of airplane crash related terror has occurred worldwide. Of the
55 documented airplane crashes in the span of roughly 15 months, there is little doubt that most if not all of these airplane “accidents” were in fact man-made acts of terror. Lastly, there were a number of “celebrities” who were involved in high-profile airplane crashes, ultimately amplifying the notion of airplane crashes globally as well as shocking and terrorizing the entire fan base of these respective “celebrities”.

Airplane Crash Timeline:

1. June 23, 2011:Russian Airliner Crashes—“Technical Malfunction”: 45 Dead (Petrozavodsk, Russia)
2. February 12, 2012:
Plane Crashes En-Route To Goma: 11 Dead (Bukavu, Congo)
3. April 4, 2012:
Small Airplane Crashes Into Florida Publix Store: 5 Injured (Deland, Florida)
4. April 20, 2012:
Pakistani Airliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 127 Dead (Islamabad, Pakistan)
5. April 21, 2012:
2 Commuter Planes Crash Into Each Other At Airport (Los Angeles, California)
6. May 31, 2012:
American Eagle Jet Crashes Into Boeing 747 (Chicago, Illinois)
7. June 3, 2012:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 153 Dead (Lagos, Nigeria)
8. August 26, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off (Lake Tahoe, California)
9. September 25, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Albuquerque, New Mexico)
10. September 28, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 19 Dead (Kathmandu, Nepal)
11. September 29, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off 2 Dead (Fredericksburg, Virginia)
12. September 30, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 1 Dead (Granite Quarry, North Carolina)
13. October 3, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Tennessee: 1 Dead (Gary, Indiana)
14. October 17, 2102:
Sudanese Military Plane Crashes—“Technical Fault” : 13 Dead (Khartoum, Sudan)
15. October 20, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Indian Trail, North Carolina)
16. November 1, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Caldwell, North, Carolina)
17. November 10, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes En-Route To Nebraska: 2 Dead (Shaver Lake, California)
18. November 14, 2012:
Small Plane With 3 Pilots Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jackson, Mississippi)
19. November 15, 2012:
U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Panama City, Florida)
20. November 16, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Owls Head, Maine)
21. November 19, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport (Burlington, Wisconsin)
22. November 21, 2012:
Egyptian MiG-21 Jet Fighter Crashes In Training (Aswan, Egypt)
23. November 21, 2012:
Yemenis Military Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 10 Dead (Sanaa, Yemen)
24. November 28, 2012:
Plane Crashes In Indian Ocean: 29 Survive (Moroni, Comoros Islands)
25. December 1, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Engine Misfires (Mount Ulla, North Carolina)
26. December 8, 2012:
U.S. F-22 Jet Fighter Crashes At Air Force Base (Pearl Harbor, Hawaii)
27. December 9, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes Shortly After Take-Off: 7 Dead (Nuevo Leon, Mexico)*
28. December 25, 2012:
Kazakhstani Military Plane Crashes: 27 Dead (Shymkent, Kazakhstan)
29. December 26, 2012:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 2 Dead (He’Ho, Myanmar)
30. December 29, 2012:
Russian Jetliner Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 13 Dead (Moscow, Russia)
31. December 30, 2012:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Santee, California)
32. January 1, 2013:
Plane Crashes Into Airbus A320 On Runway-Taxi (Fort Lauderdale, Florida)
33. January 2, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Jasper, Alabama)
34. January 4, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes Into House Trying To Land: 3 Dead (Palm, Coast, Florida)
35. January 5, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off: 5 Dead (Grenoble, France)
36. January 6, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After-Take Off  (Los Roques, Venezuela)**
37. January 13, 2013:
Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off (Paris, Texas)
38. January 17, 2013:
Airbus Crashes Into Air France 777-300 At Gate (Miami, Florida)
39. January 22, 2013:
Small Plane Crashed After Take-Off: 3 Survive (Danbury, Connecticut)
40. January 24, 2013:
Small Plane Goes Crashes: 3 Dead (Terra Nova Bay, Antarctica)
41. January 27, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes Into Hudson River: 2 Survive (Yonkers, New York)
42. January 29, 2013:
U.S. F-16 Fighter Jet Crashes Near Italy: 1 Dead (Adriatic Sea)
43. February 10, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead (Brussels, Belgium)
44. February 11, 2013:
Guinea Government Plane Crashes: 10 Dead (Monrovia, Liberia)***
45. February 14, 2013:
Plane Crashes Trying To Land: 4 Dead: 41 Survive (Donetsk, Ukraine)
46. February 18, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Vero Beach, Florida)****
47. February 21, 2013:
Small Jet Crashes After Take-Off: 5 Dead: (Thomson, Georgia)*****
48. March 4, 2013:
Planes Crashes Trying To Land At Airport: 36 Dead: 4 Survive (Goma, Congo)
49. March 5, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes: 3 Dead (Rainy Pass, Alaska)
50. March 9, 2013:
Air India Aircraft Crashes Into JetBlue Airliner (New York, New York)
51: March 12, 2013:
U.S. Navy Plane Crashes After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Spokane, Washington)
52. March 16, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes In Parking Lot After Take-Off: 3 Dead (Ft. Lauderdale, Florida)
53. March 18, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes Into 3 Houses Trying To Land: 2 Dead (South Bend, Indiana)
54. March 18, 2013:
Mauritanian Military Plane Crashes: 1 Dead (Aoujeft, Mauritania)
55. March 31, 2013:
Small Plane Crashes: 6 Survive (Kisbey, Saskatchewan, Canada)
56. April 13, 2013:
Boeing 737 Passenger Plane Crash Into Sea (Denpasar, Bali)

[Does not purport to be a full or complete list]

Celebrity Plane Victims:

*Jenni Rivera, Mexican Pop Star
**
Vittorio Missoni, Italian Fashion Designer
***
Kelefa Diallo, Guinea Army Chief
****
Buffalo Bill’s Great-Grandsons
*****
Dr. Steven Roth, Vein Guys Co-Founder
******
Steve Davis, Former Oklahoma QB

7.2 EMP Related Airplane Crashes?
Based on the aforementioned 55 documented airplane crashes, a second look at the cause of these unprecedented plane disasters is in order. In a majority of the cases, the planes have either crashed on take-off or while trying to land, ultimately indicating that their engines are being rendered powerless by some sort of EMP like device at or near the airport. Although an independent investigation must be conducted prior to coming to any concrete theories as to the root cause of these plane crashes, it would appear on the surface that the EMP-like weapon/gun responsible for the engine failures and subsequent crashes is some sort of an electronic device which is most likely located high off the ground with a 360 degree rotational view at or near the top of the air traffic control tower, airport or an adjacent building structure. While this EMP weapon is most likely camouflaged to look like a benign piece of standard electronic equipment such as satellite dish, it likely has dual use capability that is currently unknown to pilots, the airport and the local government. This EMP weapon can then be accessed autonomously by a third party who apparently takes great pleasure in crashing airplanes and killing people.

About the Author

David Chase Taylor, the editor-in-chief of Truther.org, is an American journalist living in Zürich, Switzerland, where he has applied for political asylum after the release of The Nuclear Bible, a book credited with stopping a false-flag/state-sponsored nuclear terror attack upon America. Taylor has also released The Bio-Terror Bible, a book and website exposing the coming global bio-terror pandemic. Taylor has also been credited with exposing numerous terror plots including the 2012 DNC Terror Plot, the “Twilight” Premier Terror Plot, and the Alex Jones links to STRATFOR.

Truther.org Legal Disclaimer
Truther.org’s stated purpose is to prevent terror attacks by drawing unwanted global attention to these terror plots prior to their fruition. Terror related assertions, forecasts and predictions made by Truther.org DO NOT necessarily imply that these terror events will transpire in reality but rather that there is a distinct possibility they could theoretically happen based on the cumulative terror related data. Historically, once a major false-flag terror plot is exposed (see: Super Bowl Nuclear Terror Plot), the terror plot is immediately canceled or postponed. State-sponsored acts of terror must have a prior paper trail in order to set-up patsies, prime scapegoats, create plausible deniability, as well as mislead the public from the true perpetrators of terror. By first identifying and then connecting the dots of the terror related paper trail, Truther.org has successfully blown the whistle on numerous terror related plots. Please spread the word in helping make terrorism a thing of the past. Namaste.

 

Will San Onofre become California’s Fukushima?

Truther.org
November 3, 2012
David Chase Taylor

Due to the rather high possibility that the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station in San Diego County, California, may be targeted with state-sponsored terror, it is imperative that this Truther.org terror warning be expedited forward in hopes that will reach millions of Americans prior to the scheduled blackout of the U.S. electrical power grid. Based on recent San Diego terror drills, war games and exercises, and the recent history of terrorists linked to San Diego, false-flag terrorism in San Diego is blinking red on every level.

This terror warning is rather complex and interconnected and can only be fully understood once all the evidence (see: 1-3 below) is reviewed and confirmed. Based on the cumulative terror data, San Diego may be attacked by Al Qaeda, ex-Guantanamo terror detainees, Al Shabaab terrorists from Africa, or the Pakistani Taliban sometime between now and Doomsday, December 21, 2012. This attack, should it occur, will likely involve airplanes used as weapons, loaded with explosives and/or chemicals, in terror attacks on cruise ships, military ships and bases, as well as an attack on the San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station.

Chemical Attack?
Unprecedented chemical releases and terror threats suggest that a chemical terror attack may be planned by Zionist terrorists within the U.S government. On October 29, 2012, a train “crash” caused a chemical release in Kentucky which resulted in a hazmat declaration and the evacuation of a one-mile radius. Two days later on November 1, 2012, it was reported that a hazardous materials release had sickened some 200 people in Santa Teresa, New Mexico, near the U.S.-Mexican border.  A day later on November 2, 2012, it was reported that police had closed streets and sidewalks around the CN